1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18787 48933))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18789
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18787 48921))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18811 42750))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
546 and many other features.
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
723 Topic text constituents:
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18787 48930))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18787 48933))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18787 48911))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
863 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18791 16530))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18787 48920))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18787 48911))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18787
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18794 5653))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18787
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1155 How to submit a bug report
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18787
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18787 48911))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18787 48911))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1577 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1578 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1579 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1585 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1586 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18787 48911))
1587 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1589 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1590 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1591 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1595 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1597 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1598 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1599 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1600 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1602 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1603 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1604 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1606 Effects of the different modes:
1607 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1608 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1609 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1610 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1611 a random distance & direction.
1612 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1613 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1614 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1616 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1618 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1619 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1620 definition of \"random distance\".)
1622 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1627 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
1628 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1629 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1631 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1632 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1633 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1634 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1638 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1639 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1640 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1643 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1645 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1647 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1648 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1649 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1650 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1651 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1658 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1659 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18787 48921))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1662 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1663 Time execution of FORMS.
1664 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1665 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1667 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1668 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1669 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1673 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1674 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1675 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1676 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1677 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1679 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1681 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1682 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1683 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1684 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1685 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1687 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1691 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1692 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18802 11389))
1693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1695 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1696 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1697 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1698 of corresponding buffers.
1699 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1700 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1701 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1702 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1703 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1704 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1706 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1708 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1709 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1711 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1713 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1714 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1715 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1716 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1718 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1719 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1720 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1721 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1722 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1724 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1725 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1728 Special information:
1730 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1732 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1733 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1734 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1735 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1736 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1737 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1738 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1739 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1740 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1741 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1742 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1744 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1745 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1746 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1747 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1748 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1749 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1750 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1751 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1753 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1755 ----------------------------------------------------------
1756 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1757 if that value is non-nil.
1763 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1764 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1765 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1766 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1767 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1768 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1769 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1770 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1771 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1772 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1774 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1778 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1779 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
1780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1783 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1784 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1791 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1792 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
1793 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1795 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1797 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1798 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1799 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1801 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1803 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1804 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18787
1817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1819 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1821 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1825 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1826 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1827 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1828 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1829 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1834 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1835 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1838 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1841 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1842 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1844 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1845 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1847 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1848 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1849 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1850 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1851 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1852 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1856 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1858 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1859 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1860 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1861 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1863 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1864 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1865 denoted by the letter `R'.
1867 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1868 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1869 denoted by the letter `H'.
1871 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1874 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1875 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1876 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1877 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1878 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1879 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1882 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1883 degree deflection it causes.
1886 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1887 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1888 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1889 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1893 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1896 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1897 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1903 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1909 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1910 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1911 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1912 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1913 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1914 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1915 emerging from the box.
1917 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1924 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1936 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1937 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1938 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18787
1940 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1941 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1942 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1943 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1945 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1946 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1947 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1948 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1949 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1950 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1951 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1953 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1954 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1955 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1956 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1957 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1958 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1959 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1960 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1963 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1964 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1965 yank successive words.
1967 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1968 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1969 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1970 name of the file being visited.
1972 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1973 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1974 the list of bookmarks.)
1976 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1978 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1979 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1980 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1981 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1982 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1985 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1986 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1987 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1988 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1990 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
1993 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
1994 See `bookmark-jump'.
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
1999 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2000 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2001 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2002 after a bookmark was set in it.
2004 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2008 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2009 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2011 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2013 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2016 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2017 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2018 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2020 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2021 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2022 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2024 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2025 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2028 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2032 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2033 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2034 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2040 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2041 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2042 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2043 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2044 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2045 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2046 probably because we were called from there.
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2050 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2051 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2052 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2057 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2058 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2059 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2062 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2063 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2064 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2065 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2066 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2068 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2069 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2070 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2071 `bookmark-default-file'.
2073 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2076 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2077 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2078 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2079 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2082 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2083 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2084 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2085 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2086 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2089 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2090 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2091 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2092 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2094 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2096 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2097 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2098 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2099 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2100 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2104 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2106 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2108 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2110 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2114 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2115 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2116 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2117 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2118 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2119 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2120 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2121 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2122 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2123 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
2124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2126 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2127 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2128 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2129 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2131 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2132 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2133 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2134 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2135 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2137 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2139 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2140 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2142 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2144 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2145 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2147 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2149 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2154 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2156 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2157 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2158 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2159 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2161 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2163 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2164 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2165 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2166 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2171 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2172 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2176 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2177 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2179 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2181 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2184 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2186 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2189 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2190 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2191 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2196 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2197 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2198 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2199 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2204 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2205 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2206 Default to the URL around or before point.
2208 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2209 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2210 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2211 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2213 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2214 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2216 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2217 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2221 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2223 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2224 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2226 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2227 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2228 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2229 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2231 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2236 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2242 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2243 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2247 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2250 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2251 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2252 new tab in an existing window instead.
2254 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2255 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2257 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2259 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2260 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2261 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2262 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2265 When called interactively, if variable
2266 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2267 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2268 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2269 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2271 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2272 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2273 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2275 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2276 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2278 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2279 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2280 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2281 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2282 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2283 URL in a new window.
2285 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2290 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2292 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2293 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2294 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2295 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2298 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2299 new tab in an existing window instead.
2301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2318 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2319 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2331 program is invoked according to the variable
2332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2346 Default to the URL around or before point.
2348 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2349 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2350 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2352 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2353 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2354 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2355 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2368 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2377 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2378 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2380 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2384 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2385 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2386 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2387 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2393 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2394 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2395 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2399 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2408 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2409 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2410 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2411 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2416 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2417 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2427 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2428 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2429 don't offer a form of remote control.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Default to the URL around the point.
2443 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2444 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2446 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2447 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18787
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2457 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2458 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2462 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2463 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2469 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2470 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18787 48911))
2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2473 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2474 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2475 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2476 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2480 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2481 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2482 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2483 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2487 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2488 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2492 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2493 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2495 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2496 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2497 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2498 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2500 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2501 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2502 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2503 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2504 name of buffer configuration.
2510 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18787 48933))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2513 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2520 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2521 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 25728))
2522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2524 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2526 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2527 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2531 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2532 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2538 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2539 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2540 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2541 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2542 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2543 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
2544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2545 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2546 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2547 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2548 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2550 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2551 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2555 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2556 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2557 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2558 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2559 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2560 else the global value will be modified.
2562 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2564 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2565 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2566 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2567 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2568 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2569 else the global value will be modified.
2571 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2573 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2574 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2575 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2577 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2579 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2580 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2581 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2582 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2584 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2585 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2586 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2587 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2588 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2591 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2592 that already has a `.elc' file.
2594 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2595 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2597 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2598 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2599 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2600 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2601 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2602 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2604 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2607 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2608 Print the result in the echo area.
2609 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2614 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2615 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2617 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2619 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2620 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2621 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2622 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2623 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2624 all functions called by those functions.
2626 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2627 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2630 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2631 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2632 invoked interactively.
2634 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2636 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2637 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2638 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2639 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2643 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2644 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2645 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2646 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2647 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2648 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2649 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2652 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2654 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2655 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2656 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2657 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2659 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2660 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2661 and corresponding effects.
2663 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18787
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2671 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2673 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18787 48920))
2678 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2680 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2682 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2684 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2688 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2689 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
2690 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2692 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2693 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2694 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2695 from the cursor position.
2697 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2699 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2703 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2704 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2705 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2706 ;;;;;; (18791 16515))
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2709 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2710 File in which to record permanent settings.")
2712 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2713 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2715 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2716 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2721 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2723 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2725 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2726 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2728 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2730 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2731 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2735 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2736 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2737 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2738 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2740 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2742 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2743 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2744 This is most useful in the X window system.
2745 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2746 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2748 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2750 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2751 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2752 See calc-keypad for details.
2754 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2757 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2759 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2761 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2762 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2764 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2766 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2767 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2769 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2771 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2772 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2773 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2775 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2778 Define Calc function.
2780 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2781 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2782 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2784 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2785 actual Lisp function name.
2787 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2789 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2793 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18787
2795 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2797 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2798 Run the Emacs calculator.
2799 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2805 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18787
2807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2809 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2810 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2811 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2812 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2813 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2814 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2816 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2817 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2818 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2819 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2820 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2821 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2822 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2823 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2826 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2827 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2829 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2830 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2831 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2832 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2833 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2834 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2836 Runs the following hooks:
2838 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2839 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2840 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2841 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2843 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2849 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2850 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18787 48925))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2853 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2854 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2856 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2858 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2859 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2860 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2863 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2867 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2868 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2871 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2872 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2874 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2875 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2876 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2877 restriction to ASCII.
2879 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2884 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2885 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2886 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2888 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2889 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2890 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2891 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2892 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2893 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2894 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2896 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2897 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18787
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2906 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2911 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2914 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2915 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2922 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (18819 46976))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2926 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2927 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2928 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2929 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2930 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2931 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2932 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2934 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2936 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2937 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2938 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2939 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2940 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2941 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2942 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2943 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2944 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2945 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2947 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2948 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2949 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2950 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2951 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2952 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2954 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2956 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2957 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2964 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2965 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2967 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2968 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2969 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2970 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2971 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2972 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2975 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2977 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2978 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
2985 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2986 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2987 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
2989 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2990 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2991 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2992 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2993 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2994 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2997 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2999 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3000 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3007 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3008 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3009 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3011 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3012 Major mode for editing Java code.
3013 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3014 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3015 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3016 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3019 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3021 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3022 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3029 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3030 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3031 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3033 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3034 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3035 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3036 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3037 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3038 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3041 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3043 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3044 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3051 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3052 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3053 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3054 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3056 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3057 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3058 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3059 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3060 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3061 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3064 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3066 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3067 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3074 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3075 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3076 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3077 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3078 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3082 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3083 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18794 5654))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3086 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3087 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3088 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3089 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3091 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3093 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3094 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3097 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3098 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3099 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3100 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3103 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3104 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3105 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3106 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3109 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3111 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3112 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3113 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3114 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3116 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3118 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3119 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3120 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3122 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3124 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3125 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3126 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3127 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3128 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3130 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3134 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3135 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3138 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3139 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3140 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3141 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3142 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3143 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3144 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3145 Here are some examples:
3147 Nomenclature Subwords
3148 ===========================================================
3149 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3150 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3151 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3153 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3154 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3157 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18794 5654))
3164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3165 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3166 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3167 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3171 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3172 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3173 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
3174 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3176 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3177 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3179 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3181 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3182 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3184 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3186 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3187 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3189 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3190 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3191 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3192 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3195 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3197 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3199 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3200 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3202 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3203 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3207 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3208 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3209 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3210 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3211 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3214 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3215 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3216 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3217 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3219 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3220 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3223 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3225 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3227 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3230 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3231 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3233 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3234 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3235 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3238 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3240 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3241 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3242 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3244 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3246 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3248 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3249 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3251 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3255 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3257 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3259 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3260 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3263 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3264 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3267 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3269 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3270 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3271 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3272 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3273 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3274 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3275 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3276 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3277 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3278 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3279 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3280 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3281 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3282 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3283 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3284 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3287 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3288 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3290 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3291 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3293 | (write EXPRESSION)
3294 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3295 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3298 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3301 ;; Same as: (write string)
3303 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3304 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3305 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3308 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3309 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3310 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3311 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3312 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3313 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3315 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3316 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3318 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3321 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3322 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3323 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3325 ARG := REG | integer
3328 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3331 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3334 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3337 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3338 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3341 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3342 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3343 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3346 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3347 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3348 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3351 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3352 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3354 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3355 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3356 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3359 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3360 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3363 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3364 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3366 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3369 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3373 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3374 ;; Same meaning as C code
3375 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3377 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3382 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3383 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3386 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3387 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3391 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3395 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3396 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3397 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3399 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3400 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3401 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3403 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3404 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3405 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3406 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3407 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3410 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3412 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3413 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3414 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3415 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3416 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3417 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3419 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3421 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3422 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3423 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3425 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3427 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3431 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3432 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3435 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3436 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3437 There are no special keybindings by default.
3439 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3440 to the action header.
3446 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3447 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18787 48921))
3448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3450 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3451 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3452 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3456 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3457 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3458 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3459 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3460 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3466 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3467 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3468 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3469 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3470 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3471 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3472 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3473 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3474 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3476 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3477 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3479 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3480 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3481 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3482 the users will view as each check is completed.
3486 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3487 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3488 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3489 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3490 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3491 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3492 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3493 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3495 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3497 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3498 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3499 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3500 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3501 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3502 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3503 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3504 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3506 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3508 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3509 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3510 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3511 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3512 spacing are all verified.
3516 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3517 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3518 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3519 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3520 otherwise stop after the first error.
3522 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3524 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3525 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3526 Only documentation strings are checked.
3527 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3528 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3531 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3533 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3534 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3535 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3536 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3537 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3541 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3542 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3543 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3544 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3549 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3550 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3552 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3554 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3556 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3558 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3559 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3560 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3562 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3564 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3565 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3566 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3567 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3568 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3572 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3573 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3574 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3575 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3576 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3577 space at the end of each line.
3579 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3582 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3583 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3584 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3586 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3588 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3589 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3590 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3593 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3595 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3596 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3597 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3598 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3600 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3602 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3603 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3604 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3605 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3607 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3609 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3610 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3611 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3612 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3614 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3616 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3617 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3618 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3619 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3621 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3623 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3624 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3625 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3626 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3628 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3631 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3632 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3633 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3635 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3637 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3638 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3639 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3640 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3644 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3645 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3646 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3649 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3650 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3651 checking of documentation strings.
3653 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3659 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3660 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3661 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18787 48928))
3662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3664 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3665 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3666 Return the length of resulting text.
3668 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3670 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3671 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3675 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3676 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3677 Return the length of resulting text.
3679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3681 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3682 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3686 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3691 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3694 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3698 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3699 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18787 48911))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3702 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3703 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3704 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3705 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3706 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3707 editing and the result is evaluated.
3709 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3711 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3712 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3713 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3714 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3715 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3717 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3721 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3722 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3723 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3724 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3725 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3727 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3728 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3729 \\{command-history-map}
3731 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3732 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18787 48921))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3741 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3742 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3743 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3744 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3745 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3746 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3748 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3749 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3753 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3754 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3757 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3760 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3765 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3768 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3769 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3770 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3771 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3773 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3774 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3775 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3776 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3778 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3779 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3781 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18787
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3789 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3790 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3791 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3792 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3793 of `scheme-program-name').
3794 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3795 it is given as initial input.
3796 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3797 discards input when it starts up.
3798 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3800 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3803 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3807 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3808 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3809 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3810 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
3811 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3813 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3814 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3815 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3816 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3817 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3818 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3819 functions have already modified the buffer.
3821 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3823 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3824 either globally or locally.")
3826 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3828 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3829 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3830 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3831 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3832 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3833 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3834 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3835 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3837 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3839 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3841 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3842 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3843 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3844 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3845 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3846 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3847 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3848 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3850 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3852 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3854 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3855 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3856 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3857 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3858 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3859 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3861 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3863 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3864 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3865 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3866 directory tracking functions.")
3868 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3869 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3870 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3872 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3874 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3877 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3878 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3880 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3882 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3884 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3885 Send COMMAND to current process.
3886 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3887 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3889 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3891 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3892 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3893 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3894 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3896 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3900 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18787
3902 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3904 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3905 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3906 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3907 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3909 This command pushes the mark in each window
3910 at the prior location of point in that window.
3911 If both windows display the same buffer,
3912 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3913 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3915 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3916 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3917 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3918 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3919 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3920 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3921 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3924 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3925 this command work in interlaced mode:
3926 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3927 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3928 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3930 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3934 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3935 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3936 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3937 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
3938 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18787
3940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3942 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3943 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3945 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3947 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
3948 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
3949 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
3950 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
3951 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
3952 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
3953 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
3955 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
3957 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3958 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3960 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3962 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3963 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3964 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3965 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3966 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3967 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3968 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3970 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3971 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3972 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3973 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3974 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3976 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3977 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3978 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3979 describing how the process finished.")
3981 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3982 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3983 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3984 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3985 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3987 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3988 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3989 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3991 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
3993 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
3994 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3995 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3996 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3998 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4000 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4001 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4003 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4004 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4006 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4008 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4009 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4010 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4011 (concat \"make -k \"
4012 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4014 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4015 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4017 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4018 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4019 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4020 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4022 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4024 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4025 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4026 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4027 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4029 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4030 and move to the source code that caused it.
4032 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4033 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4035 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4036 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4037 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4038 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4040 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4041 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4042 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4043 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4045 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4046 kills its subprocesses.
4048 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4049 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4050 to a function that generates a unique name.
4052 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4054 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4055 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4056 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4057 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4059 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4060 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4062 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4063 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4064 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4065 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4067 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4068 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4069 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4071 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4073 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4075 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4076 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4077 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4078 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4079 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4081 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4083 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4085 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4087 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4088 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4089 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4090 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4091 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4092 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4093 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4097 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4098 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4099 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4100 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4101 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4102 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4106 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4107 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4108 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4110 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4112 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4116 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4117 ;;;;;; (18816 31238))
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4120 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4121 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4122 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4124 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4125 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4127 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4129 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4130 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4131 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4133 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4134 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4135 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4136 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4138 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4139 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4140 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4141 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4143 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4144 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4145 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4146 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4148 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4149 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4150 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4151 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4152 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4158 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4159 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
4160 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4162 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4163 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4164 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4166 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4167 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4169 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4171 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4172 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4178 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4179 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18794
4181 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4183 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4184 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4185 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4186 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4188 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4190 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4191 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4192 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4193 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4196 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4197 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4199 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4200 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4204 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4205 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4206 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4209 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4211 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4213 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4214 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4215 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4216 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4217 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4219 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4223 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4224 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4225 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4226 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
4227 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4229 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4230 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4231 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4232 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4233 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4234 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4235 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4237 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4238 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4239 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4241 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4242 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4243 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4245 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4246 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4247 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4248 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4250 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4251 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4252 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4253 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4254 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4255 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4256 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4262 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4263 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4264 Comments start with `#'.
4265 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4267 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4277 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4278 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4279 Comments start with `;'.
4280 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4282 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4284 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4285 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4286 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4288 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4289 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4293 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4294 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4295 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4296 between `/*' and `*/'.
4297 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4299 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4300 // another kind of comment
4312 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4313 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4314 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4315 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4316 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4317 `conf-space-keywords'.
4318 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4319 in an interactive fashion instead.
4321 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4323 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4325 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4329 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4331 # Standard multimedia devices
4332 add /dev/audio desktop
4333 add /dev/mixer desktop
4337 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4338 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4339 See `conf-space-mode'.
4341 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4343 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4344 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4345 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4346 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4348 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4350 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4351 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4355 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4356 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4357 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4358 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4360 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4362 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4363 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4367 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4368 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4369 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4370 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4372 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4381 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4382 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18787 48933))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4385 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4386 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4387 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4388 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4390 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4392 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4393 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4394 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4395 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4397 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4399 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4400 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4401 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4402 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4404 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4406 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4407 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4409 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4413 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4414 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18800
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4418 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4419 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4420 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4421 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4422 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4423 following the copyright are updated as well.
4424 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4427 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4429 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4430 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4431 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4435 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4436 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4438 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4440 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4441 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4443 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4447 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4448 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18794 5654))
4449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4450 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4451 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4452 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4453 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4454 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4455 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4456 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4458 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4459 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4460 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4461 Tab indents for Perl code.
4462 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4463 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4465 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4466 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4467 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4468 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4469 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4470 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4471 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4472 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4473 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4474 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4475 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4476 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4478 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4480 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4481 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4483 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4485 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4486 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4487 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4488 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4489 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4490 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4491 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4492 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4493 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4495 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4499 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4500 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4501 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4504 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4505 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4506 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4508 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4510 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4511 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4512 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4513 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4514 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4516 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4526 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4527 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4528 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4529 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4530 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4531 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4532 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4533 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4534 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4535 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4536 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4537 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4538 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4540 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4541 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4542 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4543 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4544 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4545 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4547 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4548 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4551 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4552 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4553 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4554 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4555 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4557 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4558 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4559 span the needed amount of lines.
4561 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4562 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4563 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4564 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4566 Variables controlling indentation style:
4567 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4568 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4569 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4570 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4571 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4572 `cperl-auto-newline'
4573 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4574 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4575 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4576 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4577 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4578 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4579 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4580 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4581 `cperl-indent-level'
4582 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4583 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4584 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4585 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4586 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4587 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4588 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4589 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4590 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4591 `cperl-brace-offset'
4592 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4593 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4594 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4595 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4596 `cperl-label-offset'
4597 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4598 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4599 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4601 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4602 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4603 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4604 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4605 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4606 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4608 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4609 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4610 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4611 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4613 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4614 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4615 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4616 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4617 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4618 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4620 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4621 column 0 is indented on
4622 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4624 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4627 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4628 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4629 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4633 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4634 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4638 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4639 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4645 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4646 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
4647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4649 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4650 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4651 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4652 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4653 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4657 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4658 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4664 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4665 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4668 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4669 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4670 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4671 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4674 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4676 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4678 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4679 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4680 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4684 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4688 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4689 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
4690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4692 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4693 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4694 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4695 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4697 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4698 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4699 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4700 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4702 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4703 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4704 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4706 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4707 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4710 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4711 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4712 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4714 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4716 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4717 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4718 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4720 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4724 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18803
4726 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4727 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4729 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4730 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4736 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4737 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4740 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4741 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4742 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4745 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4747 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4749 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4750 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4751 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4752 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4753 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4755 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4756 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4757 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4758 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4759 function of these prefix keys.
4761 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4762 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4764 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4765 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4766 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4768 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4769 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4770 the prefix fallback behavior.
4772 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4773 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4774 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4775 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4779 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4780 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4786 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4787 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4788 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4789 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4790 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4791 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4792 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4793 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4794 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4795 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4796 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4799 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4800 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4802 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4804 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4805 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4807 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4809 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4810 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4812 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4813 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4815 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4816 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4818 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4819 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4821 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4822 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4824 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4826 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4828 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4829 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4830 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4832 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4833 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4835 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4836 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4838 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4839 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4841 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4843 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4845 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4846 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4849 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4850 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4852 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4853 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4855 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4856 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4858 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4860 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4862 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4863 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4864 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4865 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4866 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4870 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4871 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4872 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4873 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4877 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4878 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4880 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4882 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4883 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4885 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4887 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4889 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4890 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4892 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4894 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4896 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4897 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4898 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4900 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4902 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4903 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4904 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4905 as part of Emacs itself.
4907 Each elements looks like this:
4909 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4911 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4912 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4913 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4914 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4915 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4916 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4917 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4920 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4922 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4923 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4924 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4925 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4926 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4928 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4929 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4930 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4931 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4933 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4935 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4937 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4938 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4939 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4941 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4942 that were added or redefined since that version.
4944 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4946 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4947 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4948 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4949 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4951 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4952 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4954 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4956 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4957 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4958 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4960 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4961 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4963 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4965 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4966 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4970 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4971 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4975 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4976 Customize all already saved user options.
4980 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4981 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
4982 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4983 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4984 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4985 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4986 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4987 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
4989 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4991 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
4992 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
4993 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
4994 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
4996 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4998 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
4999 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5001 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5003 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5004 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5006 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5008 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5009 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5010 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5011 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5012 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5015 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5017 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5018 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5019 The result includes selecting that window.
5020 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5021 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5022 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5025 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5027 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5028 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5030 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5032 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5033 File used for storing customization information.
5034 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5035 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5036 it should be an absolute file name.
5038 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5039 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5040 something like the following in your init file:
5042 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5045 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5046 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5048 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5049 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5050 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5051 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5052 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5054 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5055 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5056 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5057 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5058 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5059 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5060 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5061 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5062 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5063 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5065 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5067 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5068 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5072 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5073 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5077 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5078 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5079 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5081 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5083 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5084 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5085 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5086 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5087 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5089 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5094 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5097 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5098 Create a custom theme.
5104 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5105 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5108 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5109 Mode used for cvs status output.
5115 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5116 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18787 48934))
5117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5119 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5120 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5122 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5123 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5124 C++ modes are included.
5126 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5130 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5133 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5134 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5138 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5139 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5140 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5141 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5142 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5143 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5145 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5147 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5148 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5149 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5150 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5151 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5157 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5158 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5159 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
5160 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5162 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5163 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5165 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5167 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5168 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5170 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5172 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5173 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5174 For readability, the table is slightly
5175 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5177 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5178 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5179 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5180 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5181 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5183 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5188 ;;;;;; (18799 16230))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5190 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5191 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5193 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5194 Completion on current word.
5195 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5196 and presents suggestions for completion.
5198 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5199 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5202 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5203 then it searches *all* buffers.
5205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5207 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5208 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5210 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5211 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5212 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5213 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5214 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5216 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5217 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5219 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5220 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5221 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5223 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5224 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5226 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5232 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18816
5234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5236 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5237 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5238 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5239 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5240 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5246 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18787
5248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5250 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5251 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5253 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5254 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5255 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5257 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5258 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5259 Data lines are not indented.
5264 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5266 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5267 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5268 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5269 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5271 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5274 Extra indentation within blocks.
5276 dcl-continuation-offset
5277 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5280 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5282 dcl-margin-label-offset
5283 Indentation for a label.
5285 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5286 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5288 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5289 dcl-block-end-regexp
5290 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5291 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5292 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5293 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5294 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5296 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5297 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5298 Two such functions are included in the package:
5299 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5300 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5302 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5303 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5304 One such function is included in the package:
5305 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5307 dcl-tab-always-indent
5308 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5309 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5312 dcl-electric-characters
5313 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5316 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5317 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5318 which words trigger electric indentation.
5321 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5322 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5323 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5325 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5326 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5327 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5328 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5330 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5331 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5332 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5333 dcl-imenu-label-call
5334 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5336 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5337 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5338 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5339 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5342 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5344 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5345 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5346 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5348 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5349 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5353 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5354 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5355 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5356 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5357 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5358 \"lined up with the command line\"
5360 Data lines are not indented at all.
5361 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5366 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5367 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5373 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5374 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18787 48921))
5375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5377 (setq debugger 'debug)
5379 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5380 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5381 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5384 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5385 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5386 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5388 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5390 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5391 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5393 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5395 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5396 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5397 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5398 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5399 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5400 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5402 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5403 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5405 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5407 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5408 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5409 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5410 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5411 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5413 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5417 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5418 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5421 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5422 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5426 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5427 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5428 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5429 Upper-case letters are commands.
5431 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5434 The most useful commands are:
5435 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5436 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5437 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5438 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5439 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5440 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5446 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5447 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18787
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5451 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5452 Customization of `columns' group.
5456 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5457 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5459 START and END delimits the text region.
5461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5463 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5464 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5466 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18787
5474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5476 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5477 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5478 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5479 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5480 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5481 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5483 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5487 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5488 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5489 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5490 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5491 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5492 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5493 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5494 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5495 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5496 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5497 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5498 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5500 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5501 Directories to search when finding external units.
5502 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5503 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5507 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5508 Face used to color delphi comments.
5509 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5510 Face used to color delphi strings.
5511 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5512 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5513 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5514 Face used to color everything else.
5516 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5517 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5519 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5523 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18787
5525 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5527 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5529 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5530 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5531 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5534 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5536 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5538 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5539 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5540 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5541 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5543 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5544 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5545 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5553 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18787 48921))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5556 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5557 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5559 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5561 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5562 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5563 or nil if there is no parent.
5564 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5565 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5566 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5567 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5568 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5570 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5571 arguments are currently understood:
5573 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5574 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5576 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5577 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5579 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5580 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5582 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5584 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5586 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5587 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5588 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5590 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5591 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5593 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5594 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5595 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5597 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5598 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5600 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5601 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5603 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5605 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5607 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5608 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5609 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5610 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5611 the first time the mode is used.
5613 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5618 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18805 60840))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5621 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5622 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5623 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5624 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5625 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5628 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5630 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5631 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5632 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5633 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5634 character composition information (if relevant),
5635 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5642 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5643 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5644 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18787 48912))
5645 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5647 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5648 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5649 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5651 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5653 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5654 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5655 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5656 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5657 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5658 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5662 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5663 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5664 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5665 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5667 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5669 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5670 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5671 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5673 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5674 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5675 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5677 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5678 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5680 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5681 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5682 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5684 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5685 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5686 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5687 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5689 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5691 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5692 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5694 Handlers are called with argument list
5696 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5698 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5700 desktop-file-version
5701 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5702 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5703 desktop-buffer-point
5705 desktop-buffer-read-only
5706 desktop-buffer-locals
5708 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5709 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5711 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5714 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5716 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5717 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5719 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5721 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5723 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5724 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5725 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5726 List elements must have the form
5728 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5730 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5733 Handlers are called with argument list
5735 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5737 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5739 desktop-file-version
5740 desktop-buffer-file-name
5742 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5743 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5744 desktop-buffer-point
5746 desktop-buffer-read-only
5749 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5750 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5753 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5756 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5758 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5759 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5761 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5763 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5765 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5767 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5769 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5770 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5771 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5775 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5776 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5777 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5778 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5779 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5781 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5783 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5784 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5785 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5789 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5790 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5791 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5792 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5793 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5794 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5795 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5796 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5798 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5800 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5801 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5802 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5806 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5807 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5808 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5809 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5812 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5814 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5815 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5819 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5820 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5826 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5827 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5828 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18794 5654))
5829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5831 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5832 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5833 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5834 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5835 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5836 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5838 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5840 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5841 Repair a broken attribution line.
5842 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5844 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5846 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5847 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5848 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5849 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5851 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5853 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5854 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5860 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5861 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18787 48920))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5864 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5865 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5866 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5867 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5868 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5872 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5873 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5874 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5875 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5877 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5878 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5879 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5880 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5882 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5883 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5885 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5886 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5887 calendar-date-style 'european
5888 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5890 \(diary-mail-entries)
5892 # diary-rem.el ends here
5894 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5896 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5897 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5904 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18794 5653))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5907 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5908 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5910 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5912 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5913 The command to use to run diff.")
5915 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5917 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5918 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5919 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5920 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5921 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5922 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5924 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5925 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5926 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5928 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5930 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5931 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5932 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5933 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5934 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5935 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5937 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5941 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5942 ;;;;;; (18796 43870))
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5945 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5946 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5947 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5950 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5951 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5952 headers for you on-the-fly.
5954 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5955 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5956 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5962 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5963 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5964 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5970 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5971 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5972 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5973 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5974 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18815 6889))
5975 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5977 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5978 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5979 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5980 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5981 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5982 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5983 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5984 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
5986 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
5988 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5989 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5991 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5992 Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5993 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5994 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5995 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5997 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5998 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6000 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6001 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6002 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6003 always set this variable to t.")
6005 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6007 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6008 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6009 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6010 A value of t means move to first file.")
6012 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6014 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6015 Controls marking of renamed files.
6016 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6017 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6018 are afterward marked with that character.")
6020 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6022 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6023 Controls marking of copied files.
6024 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6025 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6027 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6029 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6030 Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6031 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6032 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6034 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6036 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6037 Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6038 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6039 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6041 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6043 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6044 If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6045 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6046 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6048 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6050 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6052 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6053 If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6054 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6056 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6058 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6059 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6060 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6061 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6062 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6063 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6065 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6066 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6067 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6068 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6069 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6070 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6071 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6072 list of files to make directory entries for.
6073 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6074 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6075 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6076 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6078 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6080 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6081 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6083 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6084 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6086 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6087 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6089 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6090 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6092 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6094 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6095 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6097 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6099 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6100 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6101 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6102 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6103 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6104 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6105 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6106 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6107 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6108 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6109 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6110 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6111 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6112 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6113 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6114 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6115 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6116 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6117 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6118 to see why something went wrong.
6119 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6120 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6121 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6122 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6123 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6124 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6125 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6126 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6127 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6128 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6129 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6130 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6131 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6133 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6134 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6135 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6136 again for the directory tree.
6138 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6141 `dired-listing-switches'
6142 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6143 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6146 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6147 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6148 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6149 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6151 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6153 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6154 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6161 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6162 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6166 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6167 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-do-isearch-regexp dired-do-isearch
6168 ;;;;;; dired-isearch-filenames-regexp dired-isearch-filenames dired-isearch-filenames-setup
6169 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
6170 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6171 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6172 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6173 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6174 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6175 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6176 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6177 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6178 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-do-async-shell-command
6179 ;;;;;; dired-clean-directory dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown
6180 ;;;;;; dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6181 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18787 48912))
6182 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6184 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6185 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6186 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6187 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6188 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6189 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6190 which is options for `diff'.
6192 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6194 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6195 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6196 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6197 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6198 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6199 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6201 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6203 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6204 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6205 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6206 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6207 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6208 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6209 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6211 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6213 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6214 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6215 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6216 returned by function `file-attributes'
6218 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6219 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6221 Examples of PREDICATE:
6223 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6224 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6225 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6226 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6227 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6229 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6231 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6232 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6233 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6237 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6238 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6242 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6243 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6247 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6248 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6253 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6254 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6255 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6256 `lpr-switches' as default.
6258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6260 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6261 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6262 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6263 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6264 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6266 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6267 with a prefix argument.
6271 (autoload 'dired-do-async-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6272 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files asynchronously.
6274 Like `dired-do-shell-command' but if COMMAND doesn't end in ampersand,
6275 adds `* &' surrounded by whitespace and executes the command asynchronously.
6276 The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
6278 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6280 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6281 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6282 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6283 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6284 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6286 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6287 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6289 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6290 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6291 file name substituted for `?'.
6293 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6294 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6296 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6297 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6298 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6299 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6301 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6303 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6304 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6305 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6307 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6308 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6311 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6312 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6313 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6315 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6317 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6320 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6322 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6323 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6324 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6325 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6326 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6327 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6328 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6329 from the buffer as well.
6330 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6331 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6332 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6334 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6336 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6339 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6341 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6344 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6346 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6347 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6351 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6352 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6356 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6357 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6361 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6362 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6363 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6364 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6366 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6367 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6368 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6369 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6370 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6371 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6372 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6374 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6376 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6379 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6381 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6384 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6386 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6387 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6389 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6391 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6394 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6396 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6399 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6401 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6402 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6404 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6406 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6407 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6408 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6409 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6410 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6411 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6412 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6413 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6414 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6416 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6421 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6422 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6423 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6424 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6425 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6426 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6427 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6428 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6430 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6434 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6435 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6436 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6437 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6438 and new hard links are made in that directory
6439 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6440 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6441 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6445 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6446 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6447 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6448 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6449 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6450 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6451 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6455 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6456 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6458 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6459 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6460 file if none are marked.
6462 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6463 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6464 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6465 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6467 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6468 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6470 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6472 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6473 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6474 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6476 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6478 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6479 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6480 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6482 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6484 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6485 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6486 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6488 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6490 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6491 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6495 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6496 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6500 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6501 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6502 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6503 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6504 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6505 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6507 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6509 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6510 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6511 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6512 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6513 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6514 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6515 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6517 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6519 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6520 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6521 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6522 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6523 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6524 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6526 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6528 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6530 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6531 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6532 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6534 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6536 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6537 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6538 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6539 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6543 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6544 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6545 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6546 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6550 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6551 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6552 Lower levels are unaffected.
6554 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6556 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6557 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6561 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6562 Go down in the dired tree.
6566 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6567 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6568 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6569 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6573 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6574 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6575 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6576 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6580 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-setup "dired-aux" "\
6581 Set up isearch to search in Dired file names.
6582 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
6586 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames "dired-aux" "\
6587 Search for a string using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6591 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6592 Search for a regexp using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6596 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch "dired-aux" "\
6597 Search for a string through all marked files using Isearch.
6601 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6602 Search for a regexp through all marked files using Isearch.
6606 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6607 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6608 Stops when a match is found.
6609 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6611 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6613 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6614 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6615 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6616 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6617 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6619 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6621 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6622 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6623 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6624 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6626 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6630 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6631 ;;;;;; (18815 6889))
6632 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6634 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6635 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6636 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6637 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6638 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6639 buffer and try again.
6641 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6643 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6644 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6645 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6646 This creates relative symbolic links like
6650 not absolute ones like
6652 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6654 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6660 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6661 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6664 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6665 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6666 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6667 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6668 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6669 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6670 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6674 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6675 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6676 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6678 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6680 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6681 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6683 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6687 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18787
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6691 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6692 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6693 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6694 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6695 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6696 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6698 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6703 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6704 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6705 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6706 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6707 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18787 48912))
6708 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6710 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6711 Return a new, empty display table.
6715 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6716 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6717 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6718 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6719 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6721 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6723 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6724 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6725 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6726 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6727 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6729 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6731 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6732 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6736 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6737 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6741 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6742 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6746 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6747 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6751 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6752 Display character C using printable string S.
6756 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6757 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6758 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6759 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6761 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6763 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6764 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6765 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6768 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6770 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6771 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6773 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6775 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6776 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6778 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6780 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6781 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6783 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6785 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6786 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6788 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6790 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6791 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6793 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6795 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6796 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6798 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6799 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6800 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6801 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6803 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6804 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6805 European character display.
6807 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6808 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6809 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6810 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6812 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6813 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6814 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6815 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6816 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6822 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6823 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
6824 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6826 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6827 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6828 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6829 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6830 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6831 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6832 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6839 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18787 48912))
6840 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6842 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6843 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6844 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6845 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6846 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6847 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6849 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6850 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6851 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6852 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6853 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6855 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6859 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6860 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18787 48936))
6861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6863 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6864 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6865 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6866 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6867 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6868 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6869 table and its own syntax table.
6871 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6874 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6876 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6877 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6880 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6884 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6885 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18817 3077))
6886 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6888 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6889 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6890 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6892 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6894 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6895 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6897 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6898 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6900 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6901 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6902 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6906 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6907 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6908 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6909 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6913 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6920 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18787 48933))
6921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6923 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6924 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6930 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18791 16507))
6931 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6933 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6935 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6938 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6939 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6945 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18787 48933))
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6948 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6949 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6955 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6956 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
6957 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6959 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6960 Play sounds in message buffers.
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6967 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6968 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18787 48921))
6969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6971 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6973 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6975 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6976 and toggle command MODE.
6978 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6979 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6980 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6981 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6982 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6983 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6984 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6985 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6988 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6989 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6990 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6991 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6992 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6993 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6994 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6995 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6996 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6997 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6998 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6999 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7000 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7001 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7002 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7003 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7004 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7006 For example, you could write
7007 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7008 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7011 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7013 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7015 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7017 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7018 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7019 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7020 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7021 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7022 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7023 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7024 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7025 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7026 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7027 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7028 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7030 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7031 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7032 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7033 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7034 call another major mode in their body.
7036 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7038 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7039 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7040 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7041 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7042 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7043 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7044 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7046 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7048 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7049 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7050 :inherit Parent keymap.
7052 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7053 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7055 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7057 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7060 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7062 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7063 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7064 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7066 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7070 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7071 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18787
7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7075 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7077 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7078 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7080 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7081 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7082 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7084 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7085 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7089 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7090 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7094 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7095 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7099 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7100 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7102 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7104 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7106 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7108 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7109 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7111 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7112 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7114 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7116 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7118 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7122 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7123 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7124 computed automatically.
7125 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7129 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7131 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7132 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7133 keyboard equivalent.
7137 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7138 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7142 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7143 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7147 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7148 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7152 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7153 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7157 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7161 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7162 radio: A radio button.
7163 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7164 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7166 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7170 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7171 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7175 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7177 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7178 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7179 as a solid horizontal line.
7181 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7183 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7185 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7188 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7190 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7191 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7192 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7193 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7195 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7197 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7198 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7199 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7200 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7201 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7202 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7204 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7205 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7206 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7208 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7209 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7210 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7212 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7213 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7215 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7219 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7220 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7221 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7222 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7223 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7224 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7225 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7226 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18787 48934))
7227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Customization for ebnf group.
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7237 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7239 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7242 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7244 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7249 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7250 killed after process termination.
7252 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7254 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7256 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7257 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7259 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7260 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7263 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7264 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7265 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7266 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7268 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7270 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7272 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7274 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7279 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7281 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7284 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7286 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7291 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7292 killed after process termination.
7294 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7296 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7298 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7299 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7300 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7301 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7303 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7307 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7308 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7309 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7311 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7313 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7318 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7320 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7323 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7325 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7330 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7331 killed after EPS generation.
7333 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7335 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7340 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7341 The EPS file name has the following form:
7343 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7345 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7346 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7348 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7349 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7350 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7351 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7352 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7354 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7359 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7360 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7362 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7363 The EPS file name has the following form:
7365 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7367 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7368 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7370 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7371 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7372 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7373 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7374 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7376 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7381 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7383 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7384 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7386 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7388 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7391 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7393 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7396 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7398 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7399 killed after syntax checking.
7401 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7403 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7410 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7411 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7413 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7415 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7416 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7420 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7421 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7423 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7427 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7428 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7430 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7432 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7434 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7437 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7441 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7442 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7444 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7446 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7449 Set STYLE as the current style.
7451 Returns the old style symbol.
7453 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7457 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7458 Reset current style.
7460 Returns the old style symbol.
7462 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7464 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7466 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7467 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7469 Returns the old style symbol.
7471 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7473 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7475 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7478 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7480 Returns the old style symbol.
7482 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7484 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7490 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7491 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7492 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7493 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7494 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7495 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7496 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7497 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7498 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7499 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7500 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18821
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7505 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7506 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7507 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7508 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7509 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7511 Tree mode key bindings:
7512 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7517 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7522 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7524 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7529 View declaration of member at point.
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7534 Find declaration of member at point.
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7539 View definition of member at point.
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7544 Find definition of member at point.
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7549 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7554 View definition of member at point in other window.
7558 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7559 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7563 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7564 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7568 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7569 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7573 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7574 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7578 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7579 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7580 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7581 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7584 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7586 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7587 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7588 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7589 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7591 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7593 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7594 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7595 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7596 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7598 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7600 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7601 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7602 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7604 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7606 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7607 Search for call sites of a member.
7608 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7609 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7610 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7611 looks like a function call to the member.
7613 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7615 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7616 Move backward in the position stack.
7617 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7621 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7622 Move forward in the position stack.
7623 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7627 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7628 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7632 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7633 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7637 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7638 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7639 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7640 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7642 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7644 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7645 Display statistics for a class tree.
7651 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7652 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
7653 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7655 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7656 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7657 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7658 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7660 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7661 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7662 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7664 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7665 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7666 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7668 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7670 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7676 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7677 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18787 48912))
7678 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7680 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7681 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7682 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7684 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7689 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
7690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7692 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7700 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7701 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18791 16517))
7702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7704 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7705 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7706 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7707 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7708 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7710 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7711 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7712 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7713 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7715 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7717 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7718 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7719 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7720 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7722 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7724 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7725 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7726 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7727 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7729 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7731 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7733 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7734 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7735 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7736 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7737 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7739 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7740 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7741 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7742 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7743 instrumented for Edebug.
7745 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7746 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7747 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7748 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7753 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7754 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7758 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7759 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7765 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7766 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7767 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7768 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7769 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7770 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7771 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7772 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7773 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7774 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18821 3055))
7775 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7777 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7778 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7780 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7782 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7783 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7785 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7787 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7789 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7791 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7792 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7793 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7794 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7798 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7801 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7803 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7805 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7808 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7810 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7812 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7813 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7814 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7815 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7817 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7819 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7821 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7822 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7823 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7824 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7826 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7828 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7830 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7831 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7832 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7833 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7835 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7837 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7839 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7840 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7841 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7842 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7844 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7846 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7848 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7849 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7850 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7851 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7852 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7853 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7857 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7858 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7859 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7860 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7862 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7864 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7866 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7867 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7868 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7869 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7871 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7873 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7875 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7878 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7879 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7881 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7882 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7884 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7886 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7887 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7888 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7890 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7891 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7893 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7895 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7896 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7897 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7898 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7899 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7901 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7904 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7905 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7906 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7907 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7908 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7910 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7912 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7914 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7915 Merge two files without ancestor.
7917 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7919 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7920 Merge two files with ancestor.
7922 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7924 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7926 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7927 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7929 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7931 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7932 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7934 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7936 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7937 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7938 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7941 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7944 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7945 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7948 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7950 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7951 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7952 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7953 and don't ask the user.
7954 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7955 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7957 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7959 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7960 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7961 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7962 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7963 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7964 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7965 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7966 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7970 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7972 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7974 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7975 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7976 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7977 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7978 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7980 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7982 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7984 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7985 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7986 When called interactively, displays the version.
7990 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7991 Display Ediff's manual.
7992 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7994 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7999 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8002 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18787 48912))
8010 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8012 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '(menu-item "This Window and Next Window" compare-windows :help "Compare the current window and the next window")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '(menu-item "Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise :help "Compare windows line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '(menu-item "Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise :help "Compare windows word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '(menu-item "Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise :help "Compare regions line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '(menu-item "Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise :help "Compare regions word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions :help "Compare directory files with their older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '(menu-item "File with Revision..." ediff-revision :help "Compare file with its older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '(menu-item "Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 :help "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '(menu-item "Two Directories..." ediff-directories :help "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '(menu-item "Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 :help "Compare three buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '(menu-item "Three Files..." ediff-files3 :help "Compare three files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '(menu-item "Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers :help "Compare two buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '(menu-item "Two Files..." ediff-files :help "Compare two files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '(menu-item "Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions :help "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '(menu-item "Directories..." ediff-merge-directories :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '(menu-item "Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers :help "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '(menu-item "Files..." ediff-merge-files :help "Merge files (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '(menu-item "To a Buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer :help "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '(menu-item "To a File..." ediff-patch-file :help "Apply a patch to a file")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '(menu-item "Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" ediff-toggle-multiframe :help "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '(menu-item "List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry :help "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '(menu-item "Customize Ediff" ediff-customize :help "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '(menu-item "Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation :help "Bring up the Ediff manual")))
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8017 ;;;;;; (18821 3055))
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8020 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8021 Display Ediff's registry.
8025 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8030 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18791 16508))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8033 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8034 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8035 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8040 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8041 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8042 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8043 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8049 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8050 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8051 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8054 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8055 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8056 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8058 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8059 Edit a keyboard macro.
8060 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8061 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8062 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8064 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8066 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8068 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8069 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8071 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8073 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8074 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8076 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8078 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8079 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8080 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8081 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8082 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8083 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8085 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8086 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8087 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8088 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8090 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8092 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8093 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8094 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8095 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8096 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8097 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8099 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8103 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8104 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18787 48923))
8105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8107 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8109 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8110 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8112 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8114 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8115 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8121 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8122 ;;;;;; (18794 5653))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8125 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8126 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8127 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8128 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8129 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8130 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8131 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8133 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8134 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8136 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8137 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8138 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8139 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8141 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8142 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8143 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8145 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8146 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8147 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8149 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8151 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8154 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8159 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18811 27444))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8162 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8163 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8165 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8167 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8168 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8169 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8170 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8171 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8172 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8173 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8175 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8179 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8180 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8184 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8185 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8186 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8187 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8188 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8189 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8192 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8193 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8194 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8197 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8198 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8202 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18787
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8206 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8207 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8209 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8210 an elided material again.
8212 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8218 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8219 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
8220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8222 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8229 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8230 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18821
8232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8234 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8235 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8236 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8238 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8240 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8241 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8242 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8243 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8245 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8247 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8248 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8249 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8251 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8253 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8255 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8256 Display current profiling results.
8257 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8258 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8265 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8266 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8269 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8270 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8271 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8273 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8277 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8278 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8279 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8280 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8281 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18742 35183))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8284 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8285 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8286 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8287 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8288 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8289 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8290 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8291 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8292 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8293 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8294 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8295 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8296 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8297 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8298 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8299 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8301 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8302 Run Emerge on two files.
8304 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8306 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8307 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8309 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8311 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8312 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8314 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8316 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8317 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8319 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8321 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8326 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8331 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8334 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8336 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8339 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8341 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8342 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8344 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8346 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8347 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8349 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8351 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8354 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8358 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8359 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
8360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8362 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8363 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8365 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8367 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8371 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8372 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18787 48936))
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8375 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8376 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8377 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8378 text/enriched format.
8379 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8381 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8382 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8386 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8390 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8393 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8395 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8398 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8402 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8403 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8404 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8405 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8406 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8407 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18787
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8411 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8412 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8414 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8416 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8417 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8419 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8421 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8422 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8423 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8424 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8425 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8426 the keys are listed.
8427 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8429 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8431 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8436 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8441 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8442 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8444 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8446 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8447 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8449 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8451 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8452 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8454 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8455 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8456 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8457 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8458 should consider using the string based counterpart
8459 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8460 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8464 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8465 (decode-coding-string
8466 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8469 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8471 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8472 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8474 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8475 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8477 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8479 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8480 Verify the current region between START and END.
8482 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8483 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8484 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8485 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8486 should consider using the string based counterpart
8487 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8488 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8492 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8493 (decode-coding-string
8494 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8499 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8500 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8501 between START and END.
8503 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8504 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8506 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8508 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8509 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8511 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8512 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8513 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8514 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8515 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8516 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8520 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8523 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8525 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8527 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8528 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8530 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8531 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8532 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8533 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8534 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8535 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8539 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8542 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8545 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8547 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8548 Delete selected KEYS.
8550 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8552 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8553 Import keys from FILE.
8557 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8558 Import keys from the region.
8560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8562 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8563 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8564 between START and END.
8566 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8569 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8571 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8574 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8580 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8581 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18787 48912))
8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8584 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8585 Decrypt marked files.
8589 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8590 Verify marked files.
8594 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8599 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8600 Encrypt marked files.
8606 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8607 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18787 48912))
8608 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8610 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8613 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8615 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8620 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8627 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8628 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8629 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18787 48912))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8632 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8633 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8637 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8638 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8639 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8641 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8645 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8646 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8647 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8649 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8653 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8654 Sign the current buffer.
8655 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8657 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8659 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8661 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8662 Encrypt the current buffer.
8663 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8665 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8667 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8669 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8670 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8671 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8673 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8677 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8678 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8679 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8682 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8684 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8686 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8687 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8693 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8694 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8695 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8696 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8697 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8698 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8699 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8700 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8701 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18787 48912))
8702 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8704 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8705 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8706 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8707 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8708 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8709 signatures should be included.
8710 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8712 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8714 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8717 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8719 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8720 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8721 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8723 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8724 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8725 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8726 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8727 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8729 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8731 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8732 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8733 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8735 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8737 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8738 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8740 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8742 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8743 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8744 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8746 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8747 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8749 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8750 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8751 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8752 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8753 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8755 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8757 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8758 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8759 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8761 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8762 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8763 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8764 stored into the file after successful verification.
8766 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8768 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8769 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8770 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8772 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8773 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8774 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8775 successful verification.
8777 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8779 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8780 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8781 PLAIN is a data object.
8783 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8784 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8785 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8787 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8788 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8789 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8790 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8791 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8793 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8795 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8796 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8797 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8798 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8799 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8800 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8802 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8804 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8805 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8806 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8807 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8808 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8810 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8812 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8813 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8814 PLAIN is a data object.
8815 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8817 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8818 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8819 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8820 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8821 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8823 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8825 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8826 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8827 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8828 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8830 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8833 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8834 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8836 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8838 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8839 Initiate an export keys operation.
8841 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8842 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8843 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8844 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8845 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8847 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8850 Extract public KEYS.
8852 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8854 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8855 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8857 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8859 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8860 Initiate an import keys operation.
8861 KEYS is a data object.
8863 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8864 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8865 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8866 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8867 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8869 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8871 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8872 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8874 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8876 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8877 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8879 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8881 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8882 Initiate a receive key operation.
8883 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8885 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8886 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8887 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8888 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8889 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8891 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8893 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8894 Add keys from server.
8895 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8897 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8899 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8901 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8902 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8904 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8905 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8906 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8907 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8908 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8910 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8912 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8913 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8915 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8917 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8918 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8920 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8921 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8922 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8923 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8924 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8926 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8928 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8929 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8931 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8933 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8934 Initiate a key generation.
8935 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8937 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8938 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8939 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8940 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8941 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8943 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8945 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8946 Generate a new key pair.
8947 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8949 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8951 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8952 Generate a new key pair.
8953 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8955 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8959 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8960 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18787 48912))
8961 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8963 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8964 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8968 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8969 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8971 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8973 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8974 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8976 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8980 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8981 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18803 56787))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8984 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8985 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8989 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8990 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8991 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8993 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8995 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8996 (server (erc-compute-server))
8997 (port (erc-compute-port))
8998 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9000 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9002 That is, if called with
9004 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9006 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9007 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9008 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9010 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9012 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9014 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9015 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9016 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9017 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9019 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18787
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9026 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18787 48924))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9032 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18787 48924))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18787 48924))
9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9044 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9048 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9049 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18800 40734))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9051 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9053 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9054 Parser for /dcc command.
9055 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9056 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9057 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9059 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9061 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9062 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9066 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9067 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9069 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9070 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9071 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9074 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9078 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9079 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9080 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9081 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9082 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9085 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9086 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9088 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9090 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9091 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9092 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9093 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9095 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9097 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9100 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9102 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9103 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9105 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9107 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9108 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9110 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9112 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9113 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9115 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9117 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9118 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9120 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9122 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9123 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9125 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9127 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9128 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9130 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9132 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9133 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9137 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9138 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9144 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18787
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9147 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9149 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9150 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9151 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18787
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9160 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9165 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18787 48924))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9167 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9169 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9170 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9171 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9172 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9173 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9174 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9177 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9179 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9182 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9186 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9187 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9190 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18787 48924))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18787 48924))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9205 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9210 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18787 48924))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9212 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9214 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9215 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9216 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9217 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9218 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9219 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9223 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9224 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9225 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9226 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9228 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9229 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9232 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9233 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9239 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9240 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9241 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9242 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9244 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9246 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9247 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9251 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9252 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9256 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9257 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9261 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9262 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9266 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9267 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9271 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9272 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9276 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9277 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9281 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9282 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18787 48924))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9290 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9294 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9295 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9297 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9299 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9307 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18787 48924))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9310 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9311 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9312 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9313 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9317 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9318 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9324 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9325 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18787 48924))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9327 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9329 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9330 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9331 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9332 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9334 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9336 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18787 48924))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9345 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18787
9351 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9352 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18787 48924))
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9358 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18787 48924))
9363 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9364 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9368 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9369 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18787 48924))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9371 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9373 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9374 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9378 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9379 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9380 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9382 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18787 48924))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9388 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9392 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9393 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9396 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9397 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9398 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18787
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9407 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18787 48924))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9413 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9418 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9421 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9422 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9423 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9425 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9427 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9428 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9431 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9432 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9433 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9436 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9440 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9441 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18787 48924))
9442 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9443 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9445 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9446 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9447 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9448 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9450 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9452 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9453 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9454 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9460 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9461 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9463 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9465 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9466 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9472 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18808
9474 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9476 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9477 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9485 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18787
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9489 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9490 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9497 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18787 48924))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9500 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9501 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9502 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9503 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9504 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9505 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9506 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9507 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9508 buffer selected (or created).
9510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9512 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9513 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9514 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9516 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9518 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9519 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9520 The result might be any Lisp object.
9521 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9522 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9523 corresponding to a successful execution.
9525 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9527 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9531 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9532 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9533 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9534 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9535 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9536 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9537 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9538 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9541 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9542 *File name of tags table.
9543 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9544 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9545 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9546 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9548 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9549 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9550 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9551 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9553 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9555 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9556 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9557 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9558 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9559 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9560 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9562 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9564 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9565 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9566 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9567 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9568 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9569 `auto-compression-mode').")
9571 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9573 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9574 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9575 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9576 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9577 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9579 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9581 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9582 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9583 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9584 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9586 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9588 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9589 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9590 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9591 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9592 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9594 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9596 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9597 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9601 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9602 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9603 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9604 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9606 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9607 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9608 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9609 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9610 file the tag was in.
9612 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9614 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9615 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9616 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9617 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9618 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9619 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9620 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9621 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9622 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9624 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9626 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9627 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9628 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9629 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9630 without directory names.
9634 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9635 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9636 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9637 but does not select the buffer.
9638 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9640 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9641 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9642 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9643 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9644 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9646 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9648 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9649 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9650 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9652 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9654 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9656 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9657 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9658 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9659 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9661 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9662 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9663 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9664 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9665 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9667 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9669 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9670 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9671 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9673 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9675 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9676 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9678 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9679 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9680 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9681 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9682 around or before point.
9684 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9685 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9686 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9687 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9688 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9690 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9692 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9693 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9694 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9696 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9698 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9699 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9701 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9702 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9703 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9704 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9705 around or before point.
9707 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9708 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9709 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9710 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9711 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9713 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9715 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9716 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9717 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9719 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9721 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9722 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9724 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9725 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9726 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9728 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9729 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9730 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9731 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9732 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9734 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9736 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9737 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9738 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9740 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9742 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9743 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9744 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9746 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9747 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9749 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9750 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9751 where they were found.
9755 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9756 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9758 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9759 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9760 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9762 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9763 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9765 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9766 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9768 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9770 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9771 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9772 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9773 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9775 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9776 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9777 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9778 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9779 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9781 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9782 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9784 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9785 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9786 Stops when a match is found.
9787 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9789 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9791 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9793 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9794 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9795 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9796 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9797 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9798 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9799 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9800 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9802 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9803 produce the list of files to search.
9805 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9807 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9809 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9810 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9811 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9812 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9813 directory specification.
9815 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9817 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9818 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9820 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9822 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9823 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9824 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9825 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9829 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9830 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9831 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9832 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9833 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9839 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9840 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9841 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9842 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9843 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9844 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9845 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9846 ;;;;;; (18811 27444))
9847 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9849 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9854 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9855 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9857 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9858 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9860 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9861 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9864 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9865 even if the buffer is read-only.
9867 See also the descriptions of the variables
9868 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9870 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9872 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9873 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9875 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9876 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9878 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9879 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9882 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9883 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9885 See also the descriptions of the variables
9886 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9888 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9890 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9891 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9892 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9893 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9895 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9897 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9898 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9899 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9900 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9902 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9903 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9906 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9907 buffer is read-only.
9909 See also the descriptions of the variables
9910 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9911 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9913 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9915 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9916 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9918 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9919 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9921 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9922 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9923 the primary language.
9925 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9926 buffer is read-only.
9928 See also the descriptions of the variables
9929 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9930 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9932 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9934 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9935 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9936 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9938 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9940 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9941 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9945 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9946 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9948 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9949 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9952 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9953 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9954 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9956 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9958 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9960 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9961 This function is deprecated.
9965 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9966 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9970 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9971 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9975 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9976 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9978 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9979 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9981 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9982 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9986 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9987 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9991 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9992 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9996 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9997 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10001 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10002 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10003 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10007 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10010 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10014 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10015 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10016 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10019 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10020 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10021 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10022 server for future sessions.
10024 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10026 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10027 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10028 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10030 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10032 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10033 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10034 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10036 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10038 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10039 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10040 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10041 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10042 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10043 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10044 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10045 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10046 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10047 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10048 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10049 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10051 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10053 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10054 Display a form to query the directory server.
10055 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10056 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10058 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10060 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10061 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10062 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10066 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10070 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10071 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10072 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18787 48930))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10075 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10076 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10078 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10080 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10081 Display URL and make it clickable.
10083 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10085 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10086 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10088 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10090 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10091 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10093 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10095 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10096 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10098 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10100 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10101 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10103 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10107 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10108 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18787 48930))
10109 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10111 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10112 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10113 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10117 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10118 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10125 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10126 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10128 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10129 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18787
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10139 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10140 Create an empty ewoc.
10142 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10144 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10145 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10146 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10147 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10148 `insert-before-markers'.
10150 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10151 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10152 respectively, of the ewoc.
10154 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10155 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10156 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10158 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10162 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10163 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10164 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10165 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10168 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10169 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10170 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10172 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10174 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10175 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10176 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10177 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10178 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10180 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10182 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10183 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10184 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10185 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10186 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10189 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10191 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10192 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10193 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10197 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10198 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10199 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10207 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10208 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10211 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10212 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10213 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10214 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10216 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10218 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10219 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10220 to generate such functions.
10222 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10223 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10224 beginning of the expanded text.
10226 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10227 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10228 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10229 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10231 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10233 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10235 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10236 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10237 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10241 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10242 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10243 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10247 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10248 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10249 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10252 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10253 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10257 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18791 16531))
10258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10260 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10261 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10262 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10264 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10265 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10266 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10268 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10273 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10276 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10278 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10280 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10281 `f90-program-indent'
10282 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10284 `f90-continuation-indent'
10285 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10286 `f90-comment-region'
10287 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10288 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10289 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10290 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10292 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10293 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10294 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10295 `f90-break-delimiters'
10296 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10297 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10298 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10299 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10301 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10302 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10304 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10305 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10306 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10307 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10308 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10309 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10310 `f90-leave-line-no'
10311 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10313 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10314 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10321 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10322 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10323 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18787 48913))
10324 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10326 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10327 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10329 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10330 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10332 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10333 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10334 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10335 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10336 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10337 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10338 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10340 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10341 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10342 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10344 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10346 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10347 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10349 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10351 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10352 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10353 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10354 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10355 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10356 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10358 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10360 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10361 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10362 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10364 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10365 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10366 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10367 will remove any scaling currently active.
10371 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10372 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10373 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10376 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10377 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10378 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10379 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10381 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10382 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10384 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10385 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10387 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10388 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10389 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10391 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10392 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10393 is one of the above.
10395 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10396 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10397 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10398 will remove any scaling currently active.
10400 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10401 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10402 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10403 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10404 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10408 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10409 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10410 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10411 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10415 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10416 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10417 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10418 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10419 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10421 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10422 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10424 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10426 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10427 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10428 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10429 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10431 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10432 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10433 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10434 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10436 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10437 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10439 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10441 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10442 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10443 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10444 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10450 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10451 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10452 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18577 50420))
10453 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10455 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10456 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10457 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10458 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10462 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10463 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10467 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10468 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10469 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10470 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10474 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10475 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10476 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10477 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10478 backup file names and the like).
10480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10482 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10483 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10484 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10485 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10486 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10487 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10488 internally by feedmail):
10490 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10491 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10492 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10493 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10495 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10496 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10497 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10498 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10499 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10501 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10505 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10506 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18787 48913))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10509 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10510 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10511 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10512 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10513 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10514 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10515 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10517 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10519 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10520 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10521 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10522 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10523 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10524 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10525 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10527 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10529 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10531 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10532 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10533 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10534 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10535 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10536 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10538 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10540 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10541 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10542 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10544 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10545 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10550 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10551 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10553 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10555 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10556 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10562 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10563 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10564 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10565 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18787 48913))
10566 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10568 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10569 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10570 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10571 be added to the cache.
10573 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10575 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10576 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10577 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10578 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10579 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10581 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10583 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10584 Add FILE to the file cache.
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10589 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10590 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10595 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10596 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10598 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10601 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10602 This function does not use any external programs
10603 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10604 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10605 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10607 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10609 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10610 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10611 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10612 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10613 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10614 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10615 \(directories) is done.
10621 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18787
10623 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10625 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10626 Filesets initialization.
10627 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10633 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18787 48913))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10636 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10637 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10639 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10640 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10642 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10644 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10645 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10647 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10651 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10652 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10653 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18787 48913))
10654 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10656 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10657 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10658 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10659 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10660 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10662 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10664 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10665 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10666 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10667 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10668 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10670 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10672 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10673 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10674 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10675 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10677 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10679 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10680 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10681 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10682 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10684 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10686 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10687 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10688 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10690 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10692 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10693 as the final argument.
10695 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10697 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10698 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10699 and run dired on those files.
10700 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10701 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10703 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10705 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10707 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10708 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10709 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10711 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10713 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10715 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10719 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10720 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10721 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
10722 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10724 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10725 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10726 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10727 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10728 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10729 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10730 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10732 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10733 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10734 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10736 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10738 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10740 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10742 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10743 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10744 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10746 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10747 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10749 Variables of interest include:
10751 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10752 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10753 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10755 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10756 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10757 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10759 - `ff-ignore-include'
10760 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10762 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10763 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10766 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10768 - `ff-special-constructs'
10769 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10770 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10771 extracting the filename from that construct.
10773 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10774 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10776 - `ff-search-directories'
10777 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10778 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10780 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10781 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10783 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10784 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10786 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10787 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10789 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10790 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10792 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10793 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10795 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10797 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10798 Visit the file you click on.
10800 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10802 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10803 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10805 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10809 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10810 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10811 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10812 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10813 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10814 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10815 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18787 48922))
10816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10818 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10819 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10821 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10823 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10824 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10825 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10826 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10828 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10829 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10830 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10831 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10833 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10835 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10836 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10838 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10839 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10840 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10841 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10843 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10844 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10847 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10849 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10850 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10852 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10853 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10854 places point before the definition.
10855 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10857 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10858 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10859 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10861 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10863 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10864 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10866 See `find-function' for more details.
10868 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10870 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10871 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10873 See `find-function' for more details.
10875 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10877 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10878 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10880 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10881 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10882 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10884 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10885 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10887 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10889 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10890 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10892 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10893 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10894 places point before the definition.
10896 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10898 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10899 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10900 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10902 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10904 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10905 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10907 See `find-variable' for more details.
10909 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10911 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10912 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10914 See `find-variable' for more details.
10916 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10918 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10919 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10920 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10921 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10922 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10923 buffer nor display it.
10925 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10926 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10928 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10930 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10931 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10933 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10934 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10935 places point before the definition.
10937 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10939 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10940 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10941 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10945 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10946 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10947 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10951 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10952 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10956 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10957 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10961 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10962 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10968 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10969 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18787 48913))
10970 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10972 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10973 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10975 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10977 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10978 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10982 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10983 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10985 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10989 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10990 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18787 48913))
10991 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10993 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10994 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10998 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10999 Display FILE's commentary section.
11000 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11004 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11005 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11011 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11012 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18794 5653))
11013 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11015 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11016 Toggle flow control handling.
11017 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11018 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11020 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11022 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11023 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11024 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11025 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11026 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11027 to get the effect of a C-q.
11029 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11033 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11034 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11037 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11040 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11042 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11045 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11049 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11050 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18787 48934))
11051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11053 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11054 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11055 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11056 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11060 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11061 Turn flymake mode on.
11065 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11066 Turn flymake mode off.
11072 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11073 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11074 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18802 11390))
11075 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11077 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11078 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11081 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11083 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11084 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11085 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11086 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11087 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11088 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11089 otherwise turn it off.
11092 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11093 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11094 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11095 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11098 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11101 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11102 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11103 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11105 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11107 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11108 in your .emacs file.
11110 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11111 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11115 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11116 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11120 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11121 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11125 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11126 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11130 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11131 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11133 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11135 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11136 Flyspell whole buffer.
11142 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11143 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11144 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
11145 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11147 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11148 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11152 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11153 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11157 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11158 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11160 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11161 of two major techniques:
11163 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11164 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11165 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11167 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11168 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11169 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11172 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11173 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11174 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11175 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11176 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11179 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11180 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11182 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11184 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11185 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11186 \(This is the default.)
11188 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11190 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11191 \\{follow-mode-map}
11193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11195 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11196 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11198 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11199 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11200 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11201 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11202 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11203 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11205 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11206 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11207 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11209 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11210 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11211 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11217 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18787
11219 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11221 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11222 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11223 \\<message-mode-map>
11224 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
11225 started, play around with the following keys:
11228 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11229 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11230 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11231 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11232 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11233 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11234 \\[Footnote-set-style] Footnote-set-style
11236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11240 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11241 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18787 48913))
11242 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11244 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11245 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11247 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11248 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11249 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11250 C-c < forms-first-record <
11251 C-c > forms-last-record >
11252 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11253 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11254 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11255 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11256 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11257 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11258 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11259 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11260 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11261 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11263 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11265 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11266 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11270 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11271 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11277 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11278 ;;;;;; (18791 16531))
11279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11281 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11282 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11283 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11285 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11286 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11288 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11291 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11293 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11295 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11296 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11297 `fortran-do-indent'
11298 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11299 `fortran-if-indent'
11300 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11301 `fortran-structure-indent'
11302 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11304 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11305 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11306 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11307 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11308 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11309 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11310 nil don't change the indentation
11311 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11313 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11314 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11315 depending on the continuation format in use.
11316 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11317 indentation for a line of code.
11319 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11320 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11321 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11322 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11323 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11324 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11325 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11326 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11327 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11328 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11330 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11331 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11332 statements (default nil).
11333 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11334 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11335 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11336 `fortran-continuation-string'
11337 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11338 line (default \"$\").
11339 `fortran-comment-region'
11340 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11341 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11342 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11343 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11344 as typed (default t).
11345 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11346 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11348 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11349 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11355 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11356 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18787 48933))
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11359 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11360 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11362 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11363 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11365 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11367 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11368 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11370 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11371 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11373 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11375 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11376 Compile fortune file.
11378 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11379 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11381 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11383 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11384 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11386 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11387 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11388 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11389 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11391 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11393 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11394 Display a fortune cookie.
11396 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11397 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11398 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11399 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11401 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11405 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11406 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11409 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11410 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11411 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11412 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11414 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11415 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11416 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11417 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11419 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11420 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11421 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11422 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11423 some of the buffers.
11425 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11427 The following commands help control operation :
11429 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11430 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11432 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11433 detailed description of this mode.
11435 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11437 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11438 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11439 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11441 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11443 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11444 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11445 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11447 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11448 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11449 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11452 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11454 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11456 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11457 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11459 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11463 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11464 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18787
11466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11468 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11469 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11470 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11471 instead (which see).")
11473 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11474 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11476 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11477 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11478 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11479 documentation string instead.
11481 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11482 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11483 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11484 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11485 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11486 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11487 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11488 enders are actually possible.
11490 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11491 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11493 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11494 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11495 `font-lock-keywords'.
11497 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11498 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11499 runs the macro expansion.
11501 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11502 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11503 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11505 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11507 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11509 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11510 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11512 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11514 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11515 Enter generic mode MODE.
11517 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11518 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11519 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11521 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11522 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11526 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11527 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11528 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11529 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11530 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11531 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11532 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11533 `font-lock-keywords'.
11535 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11539 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11540 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11543 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11544 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11545 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11546 at places they belong to.
11548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11552 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11553 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11554 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11557 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11558 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11559 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11561 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11563 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11564 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11566 Guideline for numbers:
11568 3 - non-serious error messages
11569 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11570 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11571 9 - messages inside loops.
11573 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11575 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11576 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11577 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11579 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11581 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11582 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11584 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11586 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11587 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11589 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11590 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11591 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11592 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11593 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11594 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11596 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11597 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11598 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11599 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11600 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11602 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11604 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11609 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18787 48925))
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11611 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11612 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11614 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11615 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11619 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11621 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11622 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11623 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11624 name of an NNTP server to use.
11625 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11628 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11630 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11631 Read news as a slave.
11633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11635 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11636 Pop up a frame to read news.
11637 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11638 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11639 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11640 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11641 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11642 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11643 current display is used.
11645 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11647 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11649 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11650 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11651 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11653 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11658 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11659 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11660 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11661 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11662 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18787 48925))
11663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11665 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11666 Start Gnus unplugged.
11670 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11671 Start Gnus plugged.
11675 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11676 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11680 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11681 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11683 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11684 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11685 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11687 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11688 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11689 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11693 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11694 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11698 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11699 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11700 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11701 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11702 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11705 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11707 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11708 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11709 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11710 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11711 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11714 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11716 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11717 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11721 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11722 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11723 downloaded into the agent.
11725 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11727 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11728 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11729 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11730 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11732 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11734 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11735 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11739 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11740 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11744 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11745 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11746 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11748 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11752 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11753 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11756 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11757 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11763 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11764 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11765 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11767 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11768 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11775 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18787 48925))
11776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11778 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11779 Set a bookmark for this article.
11783 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11784 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11786 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11788 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11789 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11790 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11791 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11792 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11798 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11799 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11800 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18787
11802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11804 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11805 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11808 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11812 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11813 Generate the cache active file.
11815 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11817 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11818 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11822 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11823 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11824 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11825 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11826 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11829 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11831 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11832 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11833 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11834 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11835 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11838 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11842 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11843 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18787 48925))
11844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11846 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11847 Delay this article by some time.
11848 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11850 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11851 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11853 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11854 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11856 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11857 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11859 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11861 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11862 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11866 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11867 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11868 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11869 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11871 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11872 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11874 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11878 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11879 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18787 48925))
11880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11882 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11885 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11887 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11890 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11894 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11895 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11896 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11898 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11899 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11905 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11906 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11909 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11910 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11916 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11917 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11918 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18787
11920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11922 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11923 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11927 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11928 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11932 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11933 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11935 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11936 different input formats.
11940 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11941 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11943 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11944 different input formats.
11948 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11949 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11950 The PNG is returned as a string.
11952 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11954 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11955 Convert FILE to a Face.
11956 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11959 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11963 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11964 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18787 48925))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11967 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11968 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11969 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11970 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11972 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11974 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11975 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11977 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11981 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11982 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11985 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11987 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11988 Run batched scoring.
11989 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11995 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11996 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11997 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12000 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12005 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12006 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12007 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12009 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12011 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12012 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12014 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12020 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12021 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12022 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12025 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12026 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12027 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12028 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12031 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12032 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12033 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12034 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12036 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12037 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12038 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12039 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12040 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12041 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12042 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12043 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12044 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12045 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12047 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12049 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12050 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12051 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12054 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12055 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12057 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12059 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12060 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12061 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12063 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12067 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12068 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12069 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12071 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12073 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12074 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12075 existing groups are considered.
12077 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12078 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12081 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12082 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12083 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12084 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12085 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12086 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12087 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12088 clauses will be generated.
12090 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12091 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12092 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12093 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12094 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12095 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12097 For example, given the following group parameters:
12100 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12101 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12103 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12104 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12105 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12106 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12108 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12110 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12112 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12114 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12115 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12118 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12122 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12123 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12126 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12127 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12128 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12130 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12134 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12135 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18791 16520))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12138 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12139 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12140 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12141 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12143 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12145 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12148 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12150 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12151 Like `message-reply'.
12153 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12155 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12159 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12160 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18787 48925))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12163 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12164 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12168 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12169 Load the NoCeM cache.
12175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12176 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12177 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12180 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12181 Display picons in the From header.
12182 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12186 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12187 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12188 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12192 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12193 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12194 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12200 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12201 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12202 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12203 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12204 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18787 48925))
12205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12207 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12208 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12209 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12210 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12212 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12214 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12215 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12216 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12219 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12221 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12222 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12223 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12225 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12227 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12230 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12232 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12233 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12234 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12236 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12238 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12239 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12240 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12242 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12244 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12246 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12247 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12248 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12250 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12252 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12253 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12254 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12256 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12258 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12259 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12260 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12262 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12264 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12265 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12267 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12271 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12272 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18787 48925))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12275 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12276 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12280 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12281 Install the registry hooks.
12287 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12288 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18787
12290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12292 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12293 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12294 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12295 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12296 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12297 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12301 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12302 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12303 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12304 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12305 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12309 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12316 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12317 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12320 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12321 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12322 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12323 for matching on group names.
12325 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12326 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12328 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12330 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12336 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12337 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12340 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12341 Update the format specification near point.
12347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12348 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18791
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12352 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12353 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12355 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12357 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12364 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12365 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12368 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12369 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12371 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12375 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18787 48933))
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12378 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12379 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12381 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12382 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12383 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12385 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12386 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12387 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12389 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12390 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12392 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12393 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12395 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12397 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12402 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18799
12404 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12406 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12408 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12409 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12410 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12411 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12412 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12414 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12416 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12417 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12418 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12420 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12421 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12423 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12424 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12427 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12429 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12430 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12434 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12435 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12441 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12442 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12443 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18812 37880))
12444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12446 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12447 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12449 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12451 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12452 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12453 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12454 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12455 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12457 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12458 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12460 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12462 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12463 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12464 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12465 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12467 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12469 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12470 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12472 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12474 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12475 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12477 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12478 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12479 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12481 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12482 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12483 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12485 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12486 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12487 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12488 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12490 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12491 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12492 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12493 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12494 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12496 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12498 (defvar grep-history nil)
12500 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12502 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12503 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12504 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12508 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12513 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12514 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12518 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12519 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12520 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12521 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12524 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12525 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12527 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12528 can easily repeat a grep command.
12530 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12531 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12532 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12535 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12537 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12538 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12539 Collect output in a buffer.
12540 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12541 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12543 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12544 easily repeat a find command.
12546 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12548 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12550 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12551 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12552 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12553 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12554 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12556 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12557 before it is executed.
12558 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12560 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12561 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12562 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12564 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12566 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12568 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12569 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12570 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12571 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12572 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12574 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12575 before it is executed.
12576 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12578 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12579 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12580 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12582 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12584 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12588 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18792 40816))
12589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12591 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12592 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12593 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12594 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12595 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12597 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12601 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12602 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18787 48934))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12605 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12606 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12607 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12608 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12610 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12612 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12613 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12614 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12615 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12617 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12619 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12620 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12621 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12622 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12624 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12626 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12627 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12628 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12629 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12631 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12632 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12634 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12636 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12637 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12638 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12639 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12641 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12643 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12644 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12645 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12646 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12648 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12650 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12651 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12652 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12653 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12654 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12656 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12657 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12658 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12659 original source file access method.
12661 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12662 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12664 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12665 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12667 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12669 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12670 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12676 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18787
12678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12680 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12681 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12682 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12683 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12685 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12686 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12687 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12688 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12694 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12695 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
12696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12698 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12699 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12701 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12703 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12704 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12705 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12706 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12708 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12712 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12713 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12714 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12715 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12722 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12723 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12724 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18787 48929))
12725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12727 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12728 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12732 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12733 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12734 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12738 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12739 Verify a hashcash payment
12741 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12743 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12744 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12745 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12746 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12747 `mail-add-payment-async').
12749 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12751 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12752 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12753 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12754 Calculation is asynchronous.
12756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12758 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12759 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12760 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12766 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12767 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12768 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12769 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18787 48913))
12770 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12772 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12773 Return the help-echo string at point.
12774 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12775 property, or nil, is returned.
12776 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12777 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12778 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12780 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12782 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12783 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12784 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12785 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12786 this produces no string either, return nil.
12790 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12791 Display local help in the echo area.
12792 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12793 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12794 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12797 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12798 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12799 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12803 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12804 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12805 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12809 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12810 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12811 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12815 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12816 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12817 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12818 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12819 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12820 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12821 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12822 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12823 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12824 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12825 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12827 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12828 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12829 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12830 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12831 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12833 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12834 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12835 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12836 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12837 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12838 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12839 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12840 The default is `never'.")
12842 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12844 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12845 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12846 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12847 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12848 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12849 considered different regions.
12851 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12852 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12853 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12854 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12855 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12856 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12857 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12858 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12859 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12861 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12863 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12864 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12865 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12866 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12869 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12870 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12871 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12872 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12873 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12874 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12875 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12876 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12878 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12879 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12880 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12881 rarely happens in practice.
12883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12885 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12886 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12887 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12888 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12889 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12890 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12896 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12897 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12898 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12899 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12900 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12902 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12903 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12905 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12907 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12908 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12909 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12911 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12913 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12914 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12915 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12916 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12917 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12918 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12919 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12920 search for a function definition.
12922 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12923 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12924 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12925 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12926 suitable file is found, return nil.
12928 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12930 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12933 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12935 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12936 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12937 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12938 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12940 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12942 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12943 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12944 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12945 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12946 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12947 it is displayed along with the global value.
12949 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12951 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12952 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12953 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12954 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12956 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12958 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12959 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12960 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12961 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12962 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12964 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12968 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12969 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12970 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12972 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12973 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12974 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12975 window listing and describing the options.
12976 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12977 gives the window that lists the options.")
12979 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12983 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12984 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12985 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18787
12987 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12989 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12990 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12991 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12997 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13002 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13007 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13008 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13010 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13011 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13012 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13013 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13015 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13016 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13017 restore it properly when going back.
13019 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13021 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13026 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13027 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13029 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13030 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13031 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13032 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13033 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13034 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13035 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13036 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13038 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13039 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13040 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13041 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13043 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13044 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13047 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13049 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13050 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13051 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13052 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13053 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13054 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13056 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13058 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13059 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13060 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13061 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13062 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13064 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13066 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13067 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13069 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13073 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13074 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18787 48922))
13075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13077 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13078 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13082 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13083 Provide help for current mode.
13089 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13090 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18791 16509))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13093 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13094 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13095 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13096 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13097 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13099 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13100 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13102 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13103 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13104 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13105 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13107 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13108 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13111 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13116 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13117 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13118 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13119 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13120 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13121 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13122 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13123 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13124 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13125 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13126 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13127 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13128 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13129 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13130 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13132 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13133 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13134 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13136 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13139 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13141 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13142 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13143 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13145 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13146 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13147 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13149 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13150 into the buffer at the current point.
13152 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13153 into the buffer at the current point.
13155 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13156 into the buffer at the current point.
13158 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13160 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13161 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13163 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13165 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13169 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13170 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13171 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13172 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13174 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13176 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13177 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13178 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13184 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13185 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13186 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13187 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13188 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13190 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13191 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13193 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13194 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13195 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13196 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13197 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13198 called interactively, are:
13200 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13201 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13203 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13204 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13205 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13206 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13208 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13209 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13211 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13212 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13214 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13215 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13216 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13217 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13218 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13219 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13220 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13221 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13222 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13223 function returns t.
13225 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13226 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13228 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13229 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13232 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13233 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13234 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13235 Patterns will be read until
13237 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13241 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13242 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13243 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13244 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13245 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13246 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13248 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13250 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13251 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13252 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13253 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13254 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13258 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13260 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13261 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13263 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13264 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13265 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13266 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13267 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13269 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13271 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13273 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13274 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13276 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13277 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13278 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13279 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13280 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13282 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13284 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13286 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13287 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13289 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13290 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13292 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13294 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13296 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13297 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13299 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13300 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13301 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13302 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13303 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13305 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13307 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13308 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13310 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13311 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13312 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13318 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13319 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
13320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13322 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13323 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13324 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13325 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13326 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13327 how the hiding is done:
13330 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13331 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13334 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13335 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13336 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13337 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13338 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13341 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13342 #endif lines when hiding.
13344 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13345 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13348 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13349 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13350 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13352 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13358 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13359 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
13360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13362 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13363 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13364 Each element has the form
13365 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13367 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13368 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13370 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13371 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13373 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13374 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13375 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13376 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13377 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13378 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13380 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13381 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13383 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13384 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13386 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13387 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13388 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13390 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13391 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13392 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13393 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13394 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13396 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13397 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13398 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13400 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13401 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13403 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13406 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13410 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13411 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13417 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13418 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13419 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13420 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13421 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18787
13423 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13425 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13426 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13428 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13430 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13431 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13432 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13435 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13436 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13437 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13438 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13439 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13440 through various faces.
13441 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13442 buffer with the contents of a file
13443 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13447 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13448 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13450 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13451 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13452 in a distinctive face.
13454 The default value can be customized with variable
13455 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13457 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13461 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13462 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13463 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13465 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13467 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13468 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13472 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13473 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13477 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13478 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13480 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13481 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13482 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13483 shown in the last face in the list.
13485 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13486 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13487 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13489 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13493 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13494 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13496 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13498 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13501 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13502 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13504 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13505 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13506 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13508 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13510 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13511 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13513 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13514 this function is called interactively.
13516 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13517 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13518 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13520 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13521 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13522 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13524 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13526 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13527 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13528 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13531 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13533 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13535 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13536 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13537 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13538 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13539 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13545 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13546 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13547 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13548 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13549 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18787 48914))
13550 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13552 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13553 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13554 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13555 or insert functions in this list.")
13557 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13559 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13560 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13562 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13564 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13565 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13567 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13569 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13570 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13572 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13574 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13575 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13577 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13579 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13580 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13581 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13583 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13585 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13586 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13587 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13590 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13592 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13593 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13594 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13595 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13596 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13598 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13600 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13601 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13602 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13603 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13604 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13606 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13607 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13608 undoes the expansion.
13612 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13613 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13614 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13615 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13617 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13621 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13622 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13623 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13625 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13626 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13627 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13629 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13630 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13631 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13632 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13633 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13635 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13636 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13637 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13638 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13642 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13643 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13644 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13646 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13647 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13649 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13651 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13652 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13653 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13655 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13656 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13662 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13663 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13664 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13665 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13666 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18794 5654))
13667 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13669 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13670 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13671 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13673 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13675 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13677 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13679 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13681 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13683 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13685 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13687 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13689 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13691 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13693 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13695 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13697 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13699 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13700 User defined holidays.
13701 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13703 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13705 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13707 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13709 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13710 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13712 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13714 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13715 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13717 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13719 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13720 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13722 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13724 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13725 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13727 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13729 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13731 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13733 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13735 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13737 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13739 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13740 Christian holidays.
13741 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13743 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13745 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13747 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13749 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13751 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13753 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13755 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13757 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13759 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13761 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13763 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13765 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13767 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13769 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13770 Sun-related holidays.
13771 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13773 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13775 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13777 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13779 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
13780 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
13782 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
13783 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
13784 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
13785 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
13786 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
13787 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
13788 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
13790 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
13791 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
13793 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
13794 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
13795 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
13796 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
13797 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
13798 `calendar-holidays' directly.
13800 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
13801 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
13803 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
13804 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
13805 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
13806 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
13808 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
13809 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional DAY) is the Kth DAYNAME
13810 (0 for Sunday, etc.) after/before Gregorian
13811 MONTH DAY. K<0 means count back from the end
13812 of the month. Optional DAY defaults to 1 if
13813 K>0, and MONTH's last day otherwise.
13814 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
13815 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
13816 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
13817 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
13818 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
13819 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
13820 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
13821 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
13822 is an expression in the variable `date'.
13824 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
13826 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
13828 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
13829 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
13831 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
13833 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
13834 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
13836 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
13838 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
13839 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
13841 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
13843 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
13844 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
13846 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
13848 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
13849 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
13851 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
13853 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
13854 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
13855 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
13858 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
13859 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13860 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13861 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13862 (list 11 1 year)))))))
13863 \"US Presidential Election\")
13867 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
13869 (calendar-extract-day
13870 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13871 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13872 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13873 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
13874 \"US Presidential Election\"))
13876 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
13880 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
13881 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
13882 with descriptive strings such as
13884 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
13886 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "holidays" t)
13888 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13890 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13891 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13892 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13893 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13897 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13898 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13899 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13900 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13901 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13903 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13904 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13906 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13907 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13909 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13910 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13911 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13912 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13915 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13917 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13919 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13923 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18787
13925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13927 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13928 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13934 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13935 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13936 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13937 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13938 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13947 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13948 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13949 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13950 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13951 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18787 48914))
13957 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13959 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13960 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13961 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13965 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13966 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13968 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13970 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13973 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13978 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13980 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13988 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13990 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13991 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13993 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13994 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13995 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13996 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13997 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13998 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13999 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14000 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch "ibuf-ext")
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14008 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14011 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14013 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14018 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14019 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14023 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14024 Remove the first filter group.
14028 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14029 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14031 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14033 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Remove all filter groups.
14038 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14043 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14045 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14049 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14050 Kill the filter group at point.
14051 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14053 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14055 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14056 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14060 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14061 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14065 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14066 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14067 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14068 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14070 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14072 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14073 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14074 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14080 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14084 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14085 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14089 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14090 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14094 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14095 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14097 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14098 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14099 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14103 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14108 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14113 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14114 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14115 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14118 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14120 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14121 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14122 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14124 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14126 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14127 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14131 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14132 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14136 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14137 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14140 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14141 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14142 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14144 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14145 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14146 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14147 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14149 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14150 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14151 Default sorting modes are:
14152 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14153 Name - the name of the buffer
14154 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14155 Size - the size of the buffer
14159 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14160 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14163 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14164 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14165 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14166 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14167 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14170 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14174 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14176 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14177 for this Ibuffer session.
14179 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14181 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14182 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14183 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14184 for this Ibuffer session.
14186 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14188 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14189 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14191 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14192 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14194 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14195 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14197 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14199 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14200 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14202 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14203 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14205 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14207 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14208 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14212 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14213 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14215 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14216 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14217 hidden group filter, open it.
14219 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14220 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14221 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14225 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14227 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14228 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14232 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14233 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14235 The names are separated by a space.
14236 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14238 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14239 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14240 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14241 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14243 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14247 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14248 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14250 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14252 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14253 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14255 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14257 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14258 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14260 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14262 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14263 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14267 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14268 Mark all modified buffers.
14272 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14273 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14277 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14278 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14282 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14283 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14287 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14288 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14292 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14293 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14297 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14298 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14302 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14303 Mark all read-only buffers.
14307 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14308 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14312 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14313 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14314 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14317 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14321 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14322 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18787
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14326 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14327 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14329 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14330 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14331 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14333 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14334 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14335 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14336 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14337 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14338 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14340 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14341 title of the column.
14343 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14344 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14345 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14346 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14347 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14349 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14351 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14352 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14353 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14354 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14355 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14357 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14358 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14359 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14361 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14363 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14364 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14365 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14366 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14367 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14368 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14370 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14371 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14372 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14373 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14374 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14375 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14376 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14377 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14379 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14380 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14381 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14382 buffer's modification flag.
14383 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14384 prompted before performing this operation.
14385 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14386 operation is complete, in the form:
14387 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14388 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14389 confirmation message, in the form:
14390 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14391 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14392 macro for exactly what it does.
14394 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14396 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14397 Define a filter named NAME.
14398 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14399 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14400 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14402 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14403 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14404 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14405 bound to the current value of the filter.
14407 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14411 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14412 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18787 48914))
14413 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14415 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14416 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14417 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14418 buffers which are visiting a file.
14420 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14422 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14423 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14424 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14425 buffers which are visiting a file.
14427 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14429 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14430 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14431 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14433 All arguments are optional.
14434 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14435 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14436 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14437 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14438 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14439 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14440 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14441 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14442 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14443 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14444 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14445 that value locally in this buffer.
14447 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14451 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14452 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14453 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18813 56068))
14454 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14456 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14457 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14458 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14459 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14461 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14463 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14464 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14465 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14466 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14468 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14469 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14470 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14472 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14474 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14475 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14476 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14477 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14478 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14479 non-marking or not.
14481 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14483 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14484 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14486 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14487 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14490 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14491 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14492 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14494 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14497 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14498 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14499 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14501 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14505 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18787
14507 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14509 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14510 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14511 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14512 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14513 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14514 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14516 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14518 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14519 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14520 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14521 otherwise turn it off.
14523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14527 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18791 16531))
14528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14530 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14531 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14532 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14533 Tab indents for Icon code.
14534 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14535 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14537 Variables controlling indentation style:
14538 icon-tab-always-indent
14539 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14540 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14542 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14543 inserted in Icon code.
14545 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14546 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14547 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14548 icon-continued-statement-offset
14549 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14550 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14551 icon-continued-brace-offset
14552 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14553 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14555 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14556 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14557 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14558 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14560 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14561 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14567 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14568 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
14569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14571 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14572 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14573 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14574 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14576 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14577 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14580 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14581 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14583 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14584 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14585 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14589 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14593 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14594 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
14595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14597 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14598 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14600 The main features of this mode are
14602 1. Indentation and Formatting
14603 --------------------------
14604 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14605 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14607 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14608 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14609 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14610 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14612 Comments are indented as follows:
14614 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14615 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14616 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14618 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14620 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14621 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14622 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14623 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14624 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14625 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14627 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14628 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14629 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14630 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14634 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14635 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14636 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14637 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14638 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14639 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14640 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14641 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14642 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14643 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14648 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14649 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14650 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14651 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14655 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14656 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14657 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14658 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14659 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14662 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14663 --------------------------------
14664 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14665 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14667 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14668 \\fu FUNCTION template
14669 \\c CASE statement template
14670 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14671 \\f FOR loop template
14672 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14673 \\w WHILE loop template
14674 \\i IF statement template
14675 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14678 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14679 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14681 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14682 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14683 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14684 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14686 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14687 -------------------------
14688 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14689 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14691 7. Automatic END completion
14692 ------------------------
14693 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14694 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14698 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14699 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14701 9. Documentation and Customization
14702 -------------------------------
14703 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14704 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14705 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14706 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14707 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14711 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14712 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14713 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14715 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14721 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14722 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14723 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14724 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14725 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14726 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14727 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14728 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18787
14730 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14732 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14733 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14734 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14735 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14737 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14738 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14739 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14742 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14744 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14746 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14747 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14748 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14749 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14750 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14751 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14752 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14753 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14754 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14758 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14759 Switch to another buffer.
14760 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14761 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14764 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14765 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14766 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14767 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14768 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14770 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14771 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14773 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14774 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14776 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14777 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14778 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14779 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14780 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14781 in a separate window.
14782 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14783 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14784 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14785 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14786 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14787 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14788 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14789 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14790 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14794 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14795 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14796 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14797 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14801 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14802 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14803 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14804 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14808 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14810 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14811 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14815 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14816 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14817 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14818 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14822 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14823 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14824 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14825 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14829 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14830 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14834 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14835 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14836 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14837 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14838 visible in another frame.
14840 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14841 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14842 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14843 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14844 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14845 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14847 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14848 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14850 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14851 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14853 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14854 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14855 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14856 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14857 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14858 in a separate window.
14859 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14860 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14861 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14862 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14863 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14864 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14865 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14866 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14867 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14868 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14869 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14870 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14871 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14872 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14873 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14877 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14878 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14879 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14880 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14884 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14885 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14886 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14887 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14891 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14892 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14893 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14894 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14898 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14899 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14900 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14901 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14905 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14906 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14907 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14908 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14912 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14913 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14914 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14915 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14919 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14920 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14921 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14922 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14926 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14927 Write current buffer to a file.
14928 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14929 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14933 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14934 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14935 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14936 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14940 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14941 Call `dired' the ido way.
14942 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14943 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14947 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14948 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14949 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14950 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14951 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14952 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14954 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14956 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14957 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14958 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14959 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14961 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14963 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14964 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14965 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14966 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14968 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14970 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14971 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14972 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14973 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14974 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14975 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14976 with `completing-read'.
14977 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14978 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14979 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14980 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14981 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14982 with point positioned at the end.
14983 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14984 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14986 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14990 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18787 48915))
14991 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14992 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14994 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14995 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14996 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15002 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15003 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15004 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15006 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15007 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15011 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15012 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15018 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15019 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15020 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15021 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15022 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18787 48915))
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15025 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15026 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15027 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15030 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15032 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15033 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15034 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15039 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15040 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15041 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15044 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15046 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15047 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15048 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15051 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15053 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15054 Determine and return image type.
15055 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15056 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15057 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15058 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15059 use its file extension as image type.
15060 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15062 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15064 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15065 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15066 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15068 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15070 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15071 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15072 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15074 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15075 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15076 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15077 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15082 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15084 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15085 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15086 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15087 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15088 use its file extension as image type.
15089 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15090 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15091 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15092 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15094 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15096 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15097 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15098 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15100 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15102 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15103 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15104 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15105 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15106 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15107 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15108 POS may be an integer or marker.
15109 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15110 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15111 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15112 means display it in the right marginal area.
15114 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15116 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15117 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15118 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15119 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15120 defaulted if you omit it.
15121 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15122 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15123 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15124 means display it in the right marginal area.
15125 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15126 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15127 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15128 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15129 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15131 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15133 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15134 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15135 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15136 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15137 defaulted if you omit it.
15138 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15139 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15140 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15141 means display it in the right marginal area.
15142 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15144 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15146 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15147 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15148 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15149 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15151 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15153 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15154 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15156 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15158 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15159 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15160 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15161 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15162 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15163 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15164 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15165 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15168 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15170 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15172 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15174 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15175 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15177 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15178 documentation string.
15180 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15181 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15182 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15183 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15184 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15185 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15186 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15191 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15192 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15194 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15198 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15199 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15200 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15201 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15202 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15203 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15204 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15205 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18787 48915))
15206 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15209 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15213 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15214 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15216 Convenience command that:
15218 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15219 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15220 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15222 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15223 image files in dired and type
15224 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15226 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15228 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15229 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15231 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15233 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15234 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15235 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15236 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15237 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15240 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15241 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15242 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15244 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15245 instead of erasing it first.
15247 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15248 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15249 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15250 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15251 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15252 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15254 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15256 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15257 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15258 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15259 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15264 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15266 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15268 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15269 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15273 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15274 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15275 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15279 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15280 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15284 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15285 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15286 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15287 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15291 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15292 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15296 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15297 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15301 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15302 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15306 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15307 Display current image file.
15308 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15309 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15313 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15314 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15318 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15319 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15320 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15321 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15322 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15323 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15324 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15328 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15329 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15330 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15337 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15338 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15339 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18787 48915))
15340 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15342 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15343 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15344 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15345 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15347 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15348 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15349 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15350 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15352 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15354 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15355 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15356 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15357 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15359 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15360 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15361 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15362 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15364 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15366 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15367 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15371 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15372 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15373 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15374 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15376 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15378 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15379 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15380 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15383 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15385 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15387 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15388 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15389 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15390 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15392 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15393 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15394 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15400 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15401 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18787 48915))
15402 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15403 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15404 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15405 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15406 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15407 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15408 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15409 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15410 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15411 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15413 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15414 Major mode for image files.
15415 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15416 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15420 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15421 Toggle Image minor mode.
15422 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15423 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15427 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15428 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15429 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15430 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15431 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15432 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15434 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15435 information on these modes.
15439 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15442 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15446 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15447 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18787 48915))
15448 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15450 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15451 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15453 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15455 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15456 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15459 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15461 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15462 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15463 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15465 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15467 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15468 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15470 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15471 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15472 pattern's structure.
15474 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15475 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15476 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15479 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15481 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15482 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15484 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15485 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15486 called within a `save-excursion'.
15488 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15490 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15492 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15493 Function for finding the next index position.
15495 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15496 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15497 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15500 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15501 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15503 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15505 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15506 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15508 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15509 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15510 It should return the name for that index item.")
15512 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15514 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15515 Function to compare string with index item.
15517 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15518 non-nil if they match.
15520 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15521 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15522 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15523 arguments match\".")
15525 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15527 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15528 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15529 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15531 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15533 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15535 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15537 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15538 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15539 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15540 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15544 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15545 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15547 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15551 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15552 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15553 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15554 for more information.
15556 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15560 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15561 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15562 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18787 48929))
15563 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15565 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15566 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15568 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15570 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15573 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15575 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15578 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15580 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15583 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15585 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15586 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15588 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15592 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15593 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15594 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18787 48934))
15595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15597 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15598 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15599 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15600 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15601 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15603 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15605 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15606 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15608 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15610 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15611 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15612 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15613 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15614 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15615 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15616 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15617 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15619 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15621 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15622 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15623 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15624 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15625 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15627 This variable is only used if the variable
15628 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15630 More precise choices:
15631 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15632 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15635 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15637 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15639 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15640 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15642 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15643 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15644 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15646 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15647 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15648 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15649 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15652 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15654 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15658 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15659 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15660 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15661 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18799 16231))
15662 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15664 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15665 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15667 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15668 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15669 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15671 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15672 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15673 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15674 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15675 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15676 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15677 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15678 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15679 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15680 with the top-level Info directory.
15682 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15683 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15684 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15685 appended to the Info buffer name.
15687 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15688 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15689 in all the directories in that path.
15691 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15693 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15695 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15696 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15700 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15701 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15702 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15703 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15707 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15708 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15709 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15710 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15712 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15714 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15715 Go to the Info directory node.
15719 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15720 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15721 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15722 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15723 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15724 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15726 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15728 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15729 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15730 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15732 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15734 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15735 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15736 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15737 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15738 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15740 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15741 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15743 Selecting other nodes:
15744 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15745 Follow a node reference you click on.
15746 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15747 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15748 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15749 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15750 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15751 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15752 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15753 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15754 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15755 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15756 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15757 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15758 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15759 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15760 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15761 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15762 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15763 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15764 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15765 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15767 Moving within a node:
15768 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15769 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15770 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15771 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15772 move up to the parent node.
15773 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15774 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15776 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15779 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15780 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15781 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15782 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15783 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15784 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15785 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15786 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15787 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15788 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15789 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15790 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15791 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15792 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15793 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15794 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15795 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15798 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15800 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15801 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15802 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15803 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15804 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15805 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15807 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15808 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15810 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15811 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15813 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15814 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15815 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15816 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15820 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15821 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15822 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15826 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15829 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15833 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15834 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15835 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15838 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15839 Throw away all cached data.
15840 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15841 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15845 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15847 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15848 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15849 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15850 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15851 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15852 one found at point.
15854 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15856 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15857 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15859 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15860 Display the documentation of a file.
15861 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15862 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15863 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15864 The default file name is the one found at point.
15866 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15868 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15870 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15871 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15873 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15875 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15876 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15878 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15882 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15883 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18787 48915))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15886 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15887 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15889 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15891 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15892 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15893 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15897 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15898 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15899 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15901 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15902 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15909 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15910 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18787 48916))
15911 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15913 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15914 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15916 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15918 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15919 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15921 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15923 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15924 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15925 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15926 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15928 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15929 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15930 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15932 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15933 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15934 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15935 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15939 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15940 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15941 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15945 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15946 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15947 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15948 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15949 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15955 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15956 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15957 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15958 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15960 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15961 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15965 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15966 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15970 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15973 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15977 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18791
15979 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15981 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15982 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15983 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15984 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15985 accessed via isearchb.
15991 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15992 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15993 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15994 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18787 48928))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15997 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15999 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16000 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16001 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16003 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16005 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16007 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16008 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16009 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16011 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16013 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16014 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16015 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16016 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16017 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16019 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16021 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16023 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16024 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16025 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16027 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16029 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16031 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16032 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16037 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16039 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16040 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16041 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16043 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16045 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16047 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16048 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16049 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16051 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16053 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16054 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16055 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16056 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16058 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16060 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16061 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16062 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16063 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16065 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16067 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16068 Warn that format is read-only.
16070 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16072 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16073 Warn that format is write-only.
16075 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16077 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16078 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16085 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16086 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16087 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16088 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16089 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16093 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16094 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16095 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16096 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16097 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18805 60841))
16098 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16099 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16101 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16102 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16103 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16104 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16105 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16107 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16108 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16110 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16111 Key map for ispell menu.")
16113 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16114 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16115 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16116 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16118 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16120 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16122 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16124 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16126 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16127 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16128 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16129 Valid forms include:
16130 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16131 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16132 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16133 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16135 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16136 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16137 First list is used raw.
16138 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16140 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16141 for skipping in latex mode.")
16143 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16144 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16145 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16146 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16147 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16148 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16149 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16151 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16152 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16153 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16154 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16156 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16157 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16158 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16159 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16160 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16162 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16163 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16165 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16166 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16168 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16169 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16171 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16172 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16175 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16176 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16177 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16178 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16179 quit spell session exited.
16181 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16183 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16184 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16185 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16187 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16189 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16190 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16194 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16195 SPC: Accept word this time.
16196 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16197 `a': Accept word for this session.
16198 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16199 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16200 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16201 `?': Show these commands.
16202 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16203 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16204 the aborted check to be completed later.
16205 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16206 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16207 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16208 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16209 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16210 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16211 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16215 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16216 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16217 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16219 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16221 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16222 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16223 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16224 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16226 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16228 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16230 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16231 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16232 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16233 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16235 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16237 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16238 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16242 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16243 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16247 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16248 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16252 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16253 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16254 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16255 sequence inside of a word.
16257 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16259 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16261 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16262 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16266 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16267 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16268 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16269 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16271 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16272 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16273 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16274 available on the net.
16278 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16279 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16280 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16281 otherwise turn it off.
16283 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16284 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16286 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16287 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16291 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16292 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16293 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16294 Don't check included messages.
16296 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16297 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16298 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16300 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16301 in your .emacs file:
16302 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16303 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16304 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16305 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16307 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16308 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16309 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18787
16317 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16319 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16320 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16321 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16322 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16323 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16324 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16326 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16328 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16329 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16330 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16331 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16332 `iswitchb' for details.
16334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16338 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16339 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16340 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16341 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18787 48929))
16342 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16344 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16349 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16350 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16351 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16352 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16353 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16354 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16355 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16356 necessary to represent OBJ.
16358 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16360 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16361 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16362 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16363 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16365 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16367 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16368 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16369 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16370 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16371 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16373 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16375 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16376 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16377 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16378 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16380 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16382 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16383 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16384 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16385 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16387 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16389 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16390 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16392 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16394 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16395 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16396 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16397 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16398 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16400 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16402 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16403 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16404 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16405 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16406 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16408 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16410 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16411 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16412 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16414 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16418 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16419 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18787 48916))
16420 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16422 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16423 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16424 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16425 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16427 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16430 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16432 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16433 Uninstall jka-compr.
16434 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16435 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16436 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16442 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16443 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16444 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16447 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16448 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16449 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16450 decimal key must be specified.")
16452 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16454 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16455 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16456 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16457 decimal key must be specified.")
16459 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16461 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16462 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16463 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16464 decimal key must be specified.")
16466 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16468 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16469 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16470 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16471 decimal key must be specified.")
16473 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16475 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16476 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16477 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16478 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16479 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16483 -------------------------------------------------------------
16484 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16485 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16486 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16487 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16488 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16489 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16490 in the global and local keymaps.
16492 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16493 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16495 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16499 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16500 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16501 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16503 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16504 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16505 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16507 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16508 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16509 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16510 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16513 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16514 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16515 the context of text formatting.
16517 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16521 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18787
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16525 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16526 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16527 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16528 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16529 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16530 positions that contains the current selection.")
16532 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16533 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16534 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16535 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16536 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16537 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16538 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16540 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16544 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16545 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16546 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16547 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18791 16510))
16548 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16549 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16550 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16551 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16552 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16553 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16554 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16555 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16557 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16558 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16560 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16562 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16563 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16564 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16565 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16566 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16568 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16570 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16571 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16572 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16574 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16575 defining the macro.
16577 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16578 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16579 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16581 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16582 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16586 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16587 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16588 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16589 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16590 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16593 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16594 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16595 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16599 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16600 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16601 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16603 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16604 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16605 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16606 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16608 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16609 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16611 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16613 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16614 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16615 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16617 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16620 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16621 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16623 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16624 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16625 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16627 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16628 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16632 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16633 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16634 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16635 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16637 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16639 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16640 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16641 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16642 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16644 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16645 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16647 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16649 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16650 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16651 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16653 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16657 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16658 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18787 48929))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16661 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16662 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16663 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16665 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16672 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16673 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
16674 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16676 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16678 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16679 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16683 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16685 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16686 Start or resume an Lm game.
16687 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16688 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16690 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16691 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16692 none / 1 | yes | no
16697 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16698 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16699 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16705 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16706 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16707 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18787 48929))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16710 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16713 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16715 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16716 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16717 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16718 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16719 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16720 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16722 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16723 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16725 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16727 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16728 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16730 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16732 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16735 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16737 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16740 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16744 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16745 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16746 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18787 48928))
16747 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16749 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16750 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16751 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16752 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16754 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16756 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16757 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16758 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16760 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16762 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16763 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16764 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16768 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16769 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16770 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16771 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16773 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16777 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16778 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18787 48928))
16779 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16781 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16782 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16783 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16784 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16785 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16786 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16787 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16788 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16790 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16791 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16794 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16796 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16798 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16799 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16800 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16801 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16802 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16803 `latin1-display-setup'.
16805 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16807 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16808 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16809 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16810 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16813 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16815 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16819 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16820 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
16821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16823 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16825 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16827 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16828 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16834 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16835 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16838 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16839 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16841 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16842 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16844 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16845 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16847 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16848 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16849 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16850 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16851 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16852 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16853 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16854 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16855 and transmit saved text.
16858 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16859 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16863 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16870 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18787 48933))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16873 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16874 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16875 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16876 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16877 generations (this defaults to 1).
16879 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16883 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16884 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18803 15399))
16885 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16887 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16888 Format used to display line numbers.
16889 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16890 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16891 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16892 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16894 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16896 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16897 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16901 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16902 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16903 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16906 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16908 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16910 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16911 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16912 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16913 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16914 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16920 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18787
16922 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16924 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16925 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16926 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16927 is nil, raise an error.
16929 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16930 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16931 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16932 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16933 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16934 defined by the library.
16936 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16937 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16938 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16939 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16940 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16943 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16944 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16945 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16946 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16948 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16952 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16953 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18787 48916))
16954 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16956 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16957 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16958 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16960 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16962 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16963 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16964 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16965 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16967 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16968 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16969 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16970 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16971 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16972 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16975 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16976 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16978 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16979 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16981 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16983 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16985 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16986 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16987 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16988 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16989 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16990 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16991 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16992 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16993 to constrain a big search.
16995 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16997 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16998 except that FILTER is not optional.
17000 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17004 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18787 48916))
17005 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17007 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17008 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17009 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17010 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17011 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17012 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17013 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17014 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17016 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17017 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17018 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17019 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17020 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17022 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17023 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17024 uses the current buffer.
17026 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17030 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18787
17032 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17034 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17035 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17041 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18787
17043 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17045 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17046 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17047 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17048 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17049 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17051 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17052 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17053 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17055 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17056 are indicated with a symbol.
17058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17062 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17063 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18787
17065 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17067 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17069 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17071 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17072 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17073 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17075 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17076 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17078 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17079 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17080 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17081 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17082 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17083 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17084 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17086 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17088 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17089 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17090 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17091 switch on this list.
17092 See `lpr-command'.")
17094 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17096 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17097 Name of program for printing a file.
17099 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17100 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17101 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17102 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17103 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17104 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17107 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17109 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17110 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17111 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17112 for customization of the printer command.
17116 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17117 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17119 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17120 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17121 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17122 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17124 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17125 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17127 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17128 for further customization of the printer command.
17132 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17133 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17134 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17135 for customization of the printer command.
17137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17139 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17140 Paginate and print the region contents.
17142 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17143 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17144 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17145 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17147 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17148 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17150 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17151 for further customization of the printer command.
17153 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17157 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17158 ;;;;;; (18817 3077))
17159 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17161 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17162 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17163 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17165 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17169 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18794
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17173 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17174 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17175 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17176 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17180 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17184 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18787
17186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17188 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17189 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17197 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17200 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17201 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17202 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17203 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17204 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17206 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17210 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17211 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18787 48916))
17212 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17214 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17215 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17216 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17217 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17218 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17220 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17222 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17223 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17224 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17225 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17227 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17228 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17229 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17230 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17233 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17234 use this command, and then save the file.
17236 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17238 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17239 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17240 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17241 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17242 each time the macro executes.
17243 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17244 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17245 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17246 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17247 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17248 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17249 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17253 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17254 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17255 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17256 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17258 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17259 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17260 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17263 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17264 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17266 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17267 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17268 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17269 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17270 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17272 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17275 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17276 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17277 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17279 You could enter the names in this format:
17285 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17288 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17291 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17292 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17294 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17295 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17299 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17300 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18787 48929))
17301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17303 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17304 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17305 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17306 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17307 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17308 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17310 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17311 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17312 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17313 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17314 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17316 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17317 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17318 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17321 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17323 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17324 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17326 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17330 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17331 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17332 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17335 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17336 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17340 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17345 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17346 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17348 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17350 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17351 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17352 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17355 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17361 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17362 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17363 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
17364 ;;;;;; (18820 21794))
17365 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17367 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17368 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17369 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17370 often correct parser.")
17372 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17374 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17377 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17379 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17380 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17381 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17382 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17384 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17386 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17387 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17388 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17389 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17391 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17393 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17394 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17395 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17396 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17398 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17400 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17401 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17402 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17403 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17404 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17405 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17406 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17409 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17411 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17412 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17413 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17414 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17415 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17416 The header must be at the start of the buffer. If any of the optional
17417 arguments are used, the buffer should be narrowed to just the header.
17419 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17423 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17424 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18791
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17428 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17429 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17430 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17432 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17433 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17435 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17437 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17438 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17442 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17443 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17447 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17448 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17449 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17451 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17453 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17454 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17455 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17457 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17458 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17459 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17462 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17466 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17467 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18787
17469 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17471 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17472 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17473 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17475 If `parens', they look like:
17476 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17477 If `angles', they look like:
17478 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17480 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17482 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17483 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17484 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17485 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17486 their `Resent-' variants.
17488 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17489 removed from alias expansions.
17491 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17493 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17494 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17495 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17497 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17498 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17499 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17500 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17502 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17504 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17505 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17506 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17507 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17513 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17514 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17517 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17518 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17519 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17520 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17526 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17527 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17528 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18787 48934))
17529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17531 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17532 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17534 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17535 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17536 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17537 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17538 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17539 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17541 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17542 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17543 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17544 dependency, despite the colon.
17546 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17548 In the browser, use the following keys:
17550 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17552 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17554 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17555 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17557 `makefile-target-colon':
17558 The string that gets appended to all target names
17559 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17560 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17562 `makefile-macro-assign':
17563 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17564 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17565 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17566 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17567 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17568 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17570 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17571 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17572 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17574 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17575 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17577 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17578 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17579 up or down in the browser.
17581 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17582 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17584 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17585 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17587 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17588 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17589 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17590 has been selected in the browser.
17592 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17593 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17594 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17595 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17596 filenames are omitted.
17598 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17599 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17600 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17601 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17602 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17603 the backslash itself intact.
17604 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17605 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17607 `makefile-browser-hook':
17608 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17609 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17611 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17612 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17613 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17614 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17618 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17619 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17623 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17624 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17628 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17629 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17633 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17634 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17638 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17639 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17645 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18787
17647 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17649 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17650 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17651 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17657 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18787 48916))
17658 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17660 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17662 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17663 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17664 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17665 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17666 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17667 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17668 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17670 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17671 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17672 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17673 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17675 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17677 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17678 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17680 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17684 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18787 48916))
17685 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17687 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17688 Toggle Master mode.
17689 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17690 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17691 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17693 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17694 following commands:
17696 \\{master-mode-map}
17698 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17699 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17700 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17706 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17707 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
17708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17710 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17711 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17712 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17714 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17715 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17717 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17719 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17720 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17721 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17722 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17723 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17725 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17726 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18799 16231))
17733 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17735 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17739 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17740 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17741 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17742 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17743 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17744 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17745 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18791 16521))
17746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17748 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17750 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17751 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17752 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17753 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17754 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17755 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17756 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17757 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17758 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17759 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17760 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17761 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17762 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17763 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17764 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17765 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17766 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17767 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17768 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17769 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17770 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17771 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17772 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17773 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17774 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17775 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17776 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17777 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17778 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17779 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17780 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17781 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17782 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17783 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17784 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17785 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17786 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17787 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17791 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17792 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17793 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17794 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17795 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17797 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17799 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17800 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17802 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17804 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17805 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17807 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17809 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17810 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17812 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17814 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17815 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17816 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17818 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17820 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17821 Cancel an article you posted.
17822 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17826 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17827 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17828 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17829 header line with the old Message-ID.
17833 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17834 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17838 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17839 Forward the current message via mail.
17840 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17841 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17843 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17845 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17848 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17850 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17853 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17855 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17856 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17860 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17861 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17863 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17865 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17866 Re-mail the current message.
17867 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17868 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17873 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17874 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17876 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17878 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17879 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17881 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17883 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17884 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17886 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17888 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17889 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17891 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17893 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17894 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17895 Works by overstriking characters.
17896 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17897 which specify the range to operate on.
17899 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17901 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17902 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17903 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17904 which specify the range to operate on.
17906 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17910 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17911 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
17912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17914 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17915 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17919 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17920 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17924 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17925 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17929 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17930 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17936 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17937 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17938 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
17939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17941 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17942 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17943 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17947 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17948 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17949 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17950 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17951 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17952 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17953 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17955 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17957 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17958 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17959 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17960 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17961 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17963 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17964 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17966 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17968 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17969 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17970 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17971 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17972 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17974 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17975 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17977 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17981 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17982 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17983 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18813 56068))
17984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17986 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17987 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17988 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17992 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17993 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17994 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17998 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17999 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18001 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18002 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18003 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18005 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18006 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18008 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18009 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18011 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18013 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18015 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18016 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18017 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18018 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18019 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18022 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18023 initial Subject field, respectively.
18025 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18026 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18029 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18032 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18034 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18035 Save draft and send message.
18037 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18038 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18039 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18042 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18043 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18044 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18046 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18047 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18048 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18049 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18050 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18051 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18053 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18054 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18056 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18057 message and scan line.
18059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18061 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18062 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18064 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18065 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18066 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18067 delete the draft message.
18073 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18815 6890))
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18076 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18078 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18080 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18082 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18083 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18090 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18813 56068))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18093 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18094 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18095 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18097 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18098 the MH mail system.
18100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18102 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18103 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18104 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18106 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18107 the MH mail system.
18109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18111 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18112 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18114 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18115 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18116 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18119 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18120 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18121 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18124 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18128 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18129 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18130 can be used in several ways.
18132 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18133 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18134 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18135 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18139 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18140 The range must be nonempty.
18145 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18146 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18153 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18156 All of the messages.
18158 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18159 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18161 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18162 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18163 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18165 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18171 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18172 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18787 48916))
18173 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18175 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18176 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18177 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18178 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18179 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18180 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18181 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18182 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18183 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18184 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18185 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18189 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18190 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18191 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18192 to its second argument TM.
18194 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18198 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18199 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18787 48916))
18200 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18202 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18203 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18204 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18205 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18206 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18207 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18209 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18211 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18212 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18213 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18214 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18215 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18216 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18217 default indication.
18219 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18220 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18226 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (18787 48917))
18227 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18229 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18230 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18231 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18232 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18233 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18234 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18235 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18236 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18237 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18243 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18244 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18245 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18787 48917))
18246 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18247 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18249 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18250 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18252 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18253 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18254 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18257 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18258 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18259 end of the search space).
18261 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18262 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18263 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18264 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18265 should return the previous buffer to search.
18267 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18268 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18269 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18271 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18272 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18273 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18276 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18277 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18278 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18280 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18281 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18282 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18286 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18287 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18289 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18291 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18292 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18294 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18296 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18297 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18299 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18301 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18302 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18304 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18309 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18312 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18313 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18318 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18322 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18323 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18787 48926))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18326 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18327 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18329 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18331 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18332 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18333 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18334 the entire message.
18335 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18337 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18341 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18342 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
18343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18345 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18346 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18347 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18348 the entire message.
18349 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18351 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18355 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18356 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18791 16521))
18357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18359 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18360 Insert file contents of URL.
18361 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18363 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18365 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18366 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18368 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18372 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18373 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18787 48926))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18376 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18377 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18378 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18379 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18380 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18382 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18384 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18385 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18386 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18388 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18392 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18393 ;;;;;; (18791 16522))
18394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18396 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18399 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18401 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18404 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18408 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18409 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18410 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18787 48926))
18411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18413 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18416 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18418 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18421 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18423 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18426 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18428 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18431 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18433 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18436 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18438 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18441 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18443 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18450 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18451 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
18452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18454 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18455 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18456 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18457 followed by the first character of the construct.
18459 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18460 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18461 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18462 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18463 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18464 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18465 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18466 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18467 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18468 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18469 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18470 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18471 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18474 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18475 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18476 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18482 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18483 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
18484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18486 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18487 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18489 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18491 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18492 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18494 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18498 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18499 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18787 48917))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18502 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18503 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18505 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18506 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18507 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18509 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18510 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18511 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18513 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18514 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18516 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18517 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18518 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18519 hemisphere you're in.)
18521 To test this function, evaluate:
18522 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18524 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18526 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18527 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18529 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18530 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18532 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18533 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18534 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18536 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18537 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18539 To test this function, evaluate:
18540 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18542 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18546 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18787
18548 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18550 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18551 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18552 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18554 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18555 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18557 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18559 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18560 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18561 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18562 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18564 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18566 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18568 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18570 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18571 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18572 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18573 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18574 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18575 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18577 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18578 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18579 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18580 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18581 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18583 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18584 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18586 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18587 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18589 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18591 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18592 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18593 primary selection and region.
18595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18599 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18791 16529))
18600 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18602 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18603 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18609 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18787 48917))
18610 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18612 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18613 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18614 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18616 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18617 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18619 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18621 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18623 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18624 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18625 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18631 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18632 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18633 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18634 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18635 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18636 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
18637 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18639 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18640 Display a list of all character sets.
18642 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18643 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18644 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18645 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18647 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18648 but still shows the full information.
18652 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18653 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18654 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18656 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18657 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18658 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18659 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18660 meanings of these arguments.
18662 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18664 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18665 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18667 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18669 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18670 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18672 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18674 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18675 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18677 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18679 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18680 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18682 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18683 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18685 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18686 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18687 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18688 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18689 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18690 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18691 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18692 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18693 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18694 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18695 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18696 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18697 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18698 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18699 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18700 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18704 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18705 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18709 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18710 Display a list of all coding systems.
18711 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18713 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18714 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18718 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18719 Display a list of all coding categories.
18723 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18724 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18725 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18727 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18729 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18730 Display information about FONTSET.
18731 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18733 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18735 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18736 Display a list of all fontsets.
18737 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18738 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18739 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18743 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18744 Display information about all input methods.
18748 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18749 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18751 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18752 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18753 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18754 system which uses fontsets).
18758 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18759 Show log of font listing and opening.
18760 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18761 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18763 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18767 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18768 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18769 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18770 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18771 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18772 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18787 48928))
18773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18775 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18776 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18777 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18779 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18781 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18783 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18784 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18786 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18787 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18789 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18790 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18792 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18794 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18795 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18796 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18797 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18798 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18799 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18800 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18802 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18803 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18804 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18805 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18806 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18807 middle of a character in STR.
18809 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18810 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18812 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18813 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18814 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18815 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18816 defaults to \"...\".
18818 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18820 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18821 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18823 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18824 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18825 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18827 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18828 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18829 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18831 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18832 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18833 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18835 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18836 longer than KEYSEQ.
18837 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18839 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18841 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18842 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18843 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18844 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18845 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18846 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18847 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18848 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18849 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18850 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18851 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18853 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18855 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18856 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18858 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18860 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18861 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18863 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18865 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18866 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18868 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18870 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18871 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18873 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18875 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18876 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18877 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18878 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18879 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18881 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18883 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18884 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18885 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18886 coding systems ordered by priority.
18888 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18890 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18891 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18892 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18893 language environment LANG-ENV.
18895 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18897 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18898 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18899 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18900 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18901 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18902 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18904 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18908 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18909 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
18910 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18912 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18913 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18914 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18915 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18916 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18917 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18919 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18921 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18922 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18923 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18924 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18928 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18929 Enable mouse wheel support.
18931 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18935 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18936 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18937 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18938 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18787 48930))
18939 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18941 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18942 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18944 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18946 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18948 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18949 `ping-program-options'.
18953 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18954 Run ifconfig program.
18958 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18960 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18961 Run iwconfig program.
18965 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18966 Run netstat program.
18970 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18975 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18980 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18981 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18985 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18986 Run nslookup program.
18990 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18991 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18995 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19000 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19005 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19006 Finger USER on HOST.
19008 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19010 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19011 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19012 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19013 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19015 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19017 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19022 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19023 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19025 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19027 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19028 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19030 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19034 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19035 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19036 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19037 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19038 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19039 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18787 48917))
19040 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19042 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19044 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19046 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19048 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19050 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19051 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19052 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19053 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19054 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19055 Major modes should set this variable.")
19057 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19058 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19059 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19060 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19061 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19062 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19064 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19065 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19067 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19068 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19069 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19071 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19072 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19073 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19074 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19075 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19077 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19078 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19079 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19081 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19082 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19083 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19084 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19086 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19087 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19088 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19089 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19090 column indentation or nil.
19091 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19093 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19094 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19095 The function has no args.
19097 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19098 comments always start in column zero.")
19100 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19101 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19102 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19104 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19106 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19107 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19108 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19109 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19111 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19112 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19114 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19116 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19117 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19118 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19119 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19120 customize this variable.
19122 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19123 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19125 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19127 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19128 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19129 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19130 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19131 the variables are properly set.
19133 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19135 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19136 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19140 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19141 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19142 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19144 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19146 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19147 Set the comment column based on point.
19148 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19149 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19150 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19151 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19155 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19156 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19157 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19161 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19162 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19163 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19166 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19168 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19169 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19170 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19171 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19172 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19173 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19174 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19175 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19177 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19178 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19180 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19182 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19183 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19184 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19185 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19187 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19189 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19190 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19191 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19192 is passed on to the respective function.
19194 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19196 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19197 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19198 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19199 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19200 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19201 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19202 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19203 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19204 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19205 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19209 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19210 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19211 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19213 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19215 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19216 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19217 This indents the body of the continued comment
19218 under the previous comment line.
19220 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19221 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19222 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19224 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19225 or comment indentation.
19227 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19228 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19230 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19234 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19235 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18810 5074))
19236 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19238 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19239 Check whether newsticker is running.
19240 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19241 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19245 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19246 Start the newsticker.
19247 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19248 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19249 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19250 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19252 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19256 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19257 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19260 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19261 Start newsticker plainview.
19267 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19268 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19269 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19271 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19272 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19278 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19279 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18787 48930))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19282 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19283 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19284 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19285 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19290 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19291 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19292 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19299 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19300 ;;;;;; (18811 27445))
19301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19303 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19304 Start newsticker treeview.
19310 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19311 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
19312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19314 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19315 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19317 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19321 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18787
19323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19325 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19326 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19327 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19328 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19329 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19330 symbol in the alist.
19332 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19336 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19337 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
19338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19340 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19341 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19342 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19348 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19349 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19352 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19353 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19354 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19360 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19361 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19364 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19365 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19367 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19371 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19372 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18787 48927))
19373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19375 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19376 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19380 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19381 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19385 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19386 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19392 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19393 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18787 48917))
19394 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19396 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19397 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19398 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19400 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19402 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19405 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19407 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19408 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19409 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19410 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19411 to future sessions.
19413 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19415 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19416 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19417 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19418 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19419 to future sessions.
19421 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19425 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19426 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
19427 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19429 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19430 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19432 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19433 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19434 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19440 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19441 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
19442 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19444 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19445 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19446 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19447 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19449 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19453 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18787
19455 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19457 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19458 Major mode for editing XML.
19460 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19461 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19462 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19463 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19464 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19465 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19466 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19468 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19470 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19471 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19473 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19474 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19475 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19476 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19479 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19480 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19481 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19482 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19483 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19484 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19486 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19487 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19488 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19490 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19491 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19492 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19494 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19495 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19496 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19497 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19498 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19499 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19500 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19501 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19502 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19504 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19506 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19507 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19513 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19514 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18787 48931))
19515 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19517 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19518 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19519 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19520 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19526 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19527 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
19528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19530 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19531 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19532 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19534 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19536 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19537 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19539 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19540 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19541 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19545 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19549 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19550 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19553 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19554 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19556 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19557 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19558 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19559 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19561 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19562 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19563 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19564 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19565 is why you need this mode!).
19567 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19568 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19569 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19571 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19576 \\{octave-mode-map}
19578 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19579 ==============================================
19581 `octave-auto-indent'
19582 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19585 `octave-auto-newline'
19586 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19589 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19590 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19591 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19593 `octave-block-offset'
19594 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19597 `octave-continuation-offset'
19598 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19601 `octave-continuation-string'
19602 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19603 Default is a backslash.
19605 `octave-send-echo-input'
19606 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19607 command to the inferior Octave process.
19609 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19610 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19611 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19613 `octave-send-echo-input'
19614 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19616 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19618 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19619 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19621 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19623 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19624 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19626 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19629 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19631 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19632 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19633 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19634 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19640 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19641 ;;;;;; org-ido-switchb org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string
19642 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19643 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19644 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19645 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18820 21795))
19646 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19648 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19649 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19650 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19652 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19653 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19654 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19655 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19656 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19657 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19658 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19659 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19660 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19661 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19663 The following commands are available:
19669 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19670 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19672 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19673 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19674 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19675 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19676 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19677 When called with two C-u C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19678 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19679 properties in the buffer.
19680 When called with three C-u C-u C-u prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19683 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19684 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19685 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19686 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19687 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19688 and zoom in further.
19689 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19691 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19692 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19693 is negative, go up that many levels.
19695 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19696 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19697 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19699 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19700 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19701 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19705 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19706 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19707 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19708 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19712 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19713 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19714 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19715 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19716 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19719 M-up Move entry/item up
19720 M-down Move entry/item down
19723 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19724 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19725 M-S-left Promote subtree
19726 M-S-right Demote subtree
19727 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19729 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19730 TAB Cycle item visibility
19731 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19732 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19733 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19737 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19738 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19742 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19743 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19744 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19745 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19746 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19750 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19753 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19755 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19756 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19757 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19758 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19760 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19761 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19762 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19766 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19767 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19768 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19772 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19773 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19774 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19779 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19780 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19782 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19784 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19785 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19787 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19788 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19789 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19790 returned as a list.
19792 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19793 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19794 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19795 visited by the iteration.
19797 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19799 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19800 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19801 file The current buffer, without restriction
19803 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19804 agenda All agenda files
19805 agenda-with-archives
19806 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19808 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19810 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19811 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19813 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19814 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19815 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19816 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19817 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19818 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19819 function leaves it.
19821 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19823 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19824 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19825 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19826 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19828 Due to some yet unresolved reason, the global function
19829 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19833 (autoload 'org-ido-switchb "org" "\
19834 Use `org-ido-completing-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19835 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19836 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19840 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19841 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19842 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19843 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19847 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19852 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19853 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19859 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19860 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19861 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19862 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19863 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18821 3056))
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19866 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19867 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19868 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19869 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19871 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19872 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19873 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19874 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19875 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19876 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19877 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19878 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19879 e Export views to associated files.
19881 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19882 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19883 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19885 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19886 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19887 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19888 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19891 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19893 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19894 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19895 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19896 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19897 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19898 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19899 before running the agenda command.
19901 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19903 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19904 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19905 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19906 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19907 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19908 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19909 before running the agenda command.
19911 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19912 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19914 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19916 category The category of the item
19917 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19918 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19919 todo selected in TODO match
19920 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19921 diary imported from diary
19922 deadline a deadline on given date
19923 scheduled scheduled on given date
19924 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19925 closed entry was closed on given date
19926 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19927 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19928 block entry has date block including g. date
19929 todo The todo keyword, if any
19930 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19931 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19932 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19933 extra Sting with extra planning info
19934 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19935 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19936 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19938 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19940 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19943 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19945 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19946 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19948 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19950 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19951 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19952 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19953 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19955 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19956 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19957 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19960 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19961 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19962 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19964 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19965 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19967 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19969 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19970 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19971 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19972 search only the headlines.
19974 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19975 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19976 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19977 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19980 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19981 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19982 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19983 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19984 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19986 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19987 that must or must not match in the entry.
19989 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19990 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19991 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19992 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19994 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19995 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19997 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19999 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20000 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20001 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20002 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20003 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20004 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20008 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20009 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20010 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20012 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20014 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20015 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20016 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20017 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20018 `org-stuck-projects'.
20019 MATCH is being ignored.
20021 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20023 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20024 Return diary information from org-files.
20025 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20026 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20027 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20028 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20030 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20031 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20032 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20034 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20036 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20037 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20038 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20039 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20041 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20042 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20043 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20045 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20046 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20047 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20048 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20050 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20052 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20054 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20055 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20059 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20060 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20061 So the example above may also be written as
20063 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20065 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20066 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20067 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20069 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20071 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20072 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
20074 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20076 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20077 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20078 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20082 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20083 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20084 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20087 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20088 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20090 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20091 for filtering entries out.
20093 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20094 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20096 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20097 (category \"Work\"))
20099 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20100 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20102 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20106 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (18820
20108 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20110 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20111 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20112 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20118 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20119 ;;;;;; (18820 21795))
20120 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20122 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20123 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20129 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20130 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (18820 21795))
20131 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20133 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20134 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20135 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20136 fontified, and then returned.
20138 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20140 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20141 Set up hooks for clock persistence
20147 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20148 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20149 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20150 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20151 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20152 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20153 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18821 3056))
20154 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20156 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20158 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20160 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20162 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20163 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20164 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20165 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20166 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20168 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20169 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20170 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20174 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20175 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20176 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20177 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20178 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20182 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20183 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20184 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20185 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20186 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20187 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20188 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20189 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20192 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20194 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20195 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20199 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20200 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20201 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20202 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20203 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20207 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20208 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20210 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20211 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20212 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20216 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20217 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20218 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20222 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20223 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20224 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20225 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20226 command to convert it.
20228 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20230 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20231 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20232 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20233 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20234 cut-and-paste operations.
20235 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20236 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20237 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20238 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20240 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20242 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20243 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20245 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20247 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20248 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20249 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20250 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20251 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20252 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20253 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20254 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20255 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20256 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20257 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20258 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20259 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20260 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20261 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20263 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20265 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20266 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20267 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20268 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20269 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20270 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20271 need into your CSS file.
20273 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20274 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20275 that uses these same face definitions.
20279 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20280 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20281 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20282 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20286 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20287 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20288 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20289 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20293 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20294 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20295 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20299 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20300 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20301 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20303 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20307 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20308 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20309 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20310 ;;;;;; (18821 3056))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20313 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20314 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20318 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20319 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20320 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20324 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20325 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20326 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20330 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20331 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20332 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20333 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20334 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20335 then use this command to convert it.
20337 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20339 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20340 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20341 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20342 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20343 cut-and-paste operations.
20344 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20345 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20346 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20347 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20349 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20351 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20352 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20354 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20356 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20357 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20358 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20359 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20360 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20361 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20362 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20363 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20364 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20365 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20366 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20367 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20368 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20369 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20370 simply return the content of
\begin{document}...
\end{document},
20371 without even the
\begin{document} and
\end{document} commands.
20372 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20374 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20376 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-export-latex" "\
20377 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20379 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20381 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-export-latex" "\
20382 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20388 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20389 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (18820 21795))
20390 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20392 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20393 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20394 When at a foornote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20395 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
20396 create a new footnote, interactively.
20397 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20399 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20401 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20402 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20403 This find the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20404 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20405 Org-mode exporters.
20406 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20407 referenced sequence.
20409 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20413 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20414 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20415 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18820 21795))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20418 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20419 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20420 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20421 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20423 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20425 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20426 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20427 Create an ID if necessary.
20431 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20432 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20433 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20434 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20435 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20436 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20437 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20439 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20441 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20442 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20443 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20444 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20446 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20448 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20450 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20451 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20452 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20453 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20455 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20457 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20458 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20459 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20463 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20464 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20465 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20466 if there is no entry with that ID.
20467 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20469 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20471 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20472 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20478 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20479 ;;;;;; (18820 21795))
20480 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20482 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20483 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20489 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20490 ;;;;;; (18820 21795))
20491 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20493 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20494 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20495 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20496 line directly before or after the table.
20498 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20502 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20503 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20504 ;;;;;; (18820 21795))
20505 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20507 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20509 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20512 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20514 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20515 Publish all projects.
20516 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20518 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20520 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20521 Publish the current file.
20522 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20524 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20526 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20527 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20528 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20531 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20535 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20536 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20537 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18820 21795))
20538 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20540 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20541 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20545 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20546 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20547 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20548 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20549 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20553 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20554 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20555 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20556 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20558 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20560 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20561 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20562 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20563 of the remember buffer.
20565 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20566 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20567 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20568 note stored by remember.
20570 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20571 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20573 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20575 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20576 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20577 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20578 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20579 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20581 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20582 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
20583 process is used to select the target location.
20585 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
20586 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20588 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
20589 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20592 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
20593 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
20594 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20596 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20597 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20598 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20599 some additional data.
20601 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20602 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20603 \(i.e. after the stars).
20605 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20611 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20612 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (18820 21795))
20613 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20615 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20616 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20620 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20621 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20625 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20626 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20627 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20628 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20629 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20631 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20635 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20636 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20637 ;;;;;; (18820 21795))
20638 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20640 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20641 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20642 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20643 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20644 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20645 without user interaction.
20646 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20647 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20648 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20649 the region 0:00:00.
20651 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20653 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20654 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20655 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20656 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
20657 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
20658 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20659 that was not started at the correct moment.
20661 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20663 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20664 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20666 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20668 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20669 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20675 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20676 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
20677 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20678 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20680 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20681 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20682 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20683 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20685 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20686 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20687 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20688 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20690 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20691 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20692 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20693 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20694 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20695 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20697 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20698 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20699 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20701 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20702 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20703 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20704 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20705 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20706 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20707 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20708 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20709 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20710 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20711 The subheadings remain visible.
20712 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20714 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20715 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20716 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20718 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20719 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20723 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20724 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20725 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20726 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20732 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18787 48917))
20733 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20735 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20736 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20737 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20738 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20739 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20740 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20742 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20744 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20745 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20746 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20747 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20749 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20750 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20756 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20757 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
20758 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20760 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20761 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20762 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20763 unknown are returned as nil.
20765 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20769 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18791
20771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20773 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20774 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20775 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20777 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20778 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20780 Other useful functions are:
20782 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20783 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20784 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20785 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20786 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20787 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20788 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20789 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20790 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20792 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20794 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20795 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20796 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20797 Indentation for case statements.
20798 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20799 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20801 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20802 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20803 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20804 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20805 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20806 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20807 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20808 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20809 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20810 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20812 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20813 pascal-separator-keywords.
20815 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20816 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20822 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20823 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
20824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20826 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20827 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20828 The keys affected are:
20829 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20830 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20831 M-Backspace does undo.
20832 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20833 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20834 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20840 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20841 ;;;;;; (18807 64495))
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20844 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20845 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20846 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20848 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20849 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20851 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20853 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20854 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20856 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20858 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20859 which modify the status of the mark.
20861 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20862 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20864 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20865 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20867 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20868 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20869 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20870 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20871 turning PC Selection mode on.
20873 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20874 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20876 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20877 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20878 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20880 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20881 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20882 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20884 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20885 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20887 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20888 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20889 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20891 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20892 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20893 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20899 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20900 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20907 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18787
20909 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20911 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20912 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20918 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20919 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18787 48917))
20920 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20922 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20923 Completion for `gzip'.
20927 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20928 Completion for `bzip2'.
20932 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20933 Completion for GNU `make'.
20937 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20938 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20942 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20946 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20947 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18787 48917))
20948 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20950 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20951 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20955 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20956 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20960 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20961 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20967 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18817
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20971 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20972 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20973 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20974 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20975 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20976 You can use \\[report-emacs-bug] to do so.
20982 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20983 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20984 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18787 48917))
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20987 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20988 Completion for `cd'.
20992 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20994 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20995 Completion for `rmdir'.
20999 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21000 Completion for `rm'.
21004 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21005 Completion for `xargs'.
21009 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21011 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21012 Completion for `which'.
21016 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21017 Completion for the `chown' command.
21021 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21022 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21026 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21027 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21031 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21032 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21033 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21039 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21040 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21041 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18787
21043 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21045 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21046 Support extensible programmable completion.
21047 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21048 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21050 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21052 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21053 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21057 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21058 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21059 This will modify the current buffer.
21063 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21064 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21068 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21069 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21070 This will modify the current buffer.
21074 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21075 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21079 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21080 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21084 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21085 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21086 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21087 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21088 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21090 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21092 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21093 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
21099 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21100 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21101 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18817 44748))
21102 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
21104 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21105 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21106 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21107 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21109 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21111 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21113 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21114 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21115 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21116 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21117 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21118 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21121 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21123 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21124 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21125 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21126 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21127 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21128 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21129 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21130 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21132 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21134 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21135 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21136 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21137 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21138 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21139 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21140 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21143 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21145 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21146 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21147 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21148 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21149 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21150 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21151 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21153 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21155 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21156 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21157 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21159 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21161 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21162 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21163 A value of nil means never do it.
21164 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21165 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21166 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21168 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21170 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21171 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21172 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18787 48917))
21177 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21179 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21183 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21184 ;;;;;; (18815 49095))
21185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21186 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21187 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21188 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21189 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21190 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21191 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21193 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21194 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21195 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21196 Tab indents for Perl code.
21197 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21198 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21199 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21201 Variables controlling indentation style:
21202 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21203 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21204 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21205 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21206 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21207 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21208 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21210 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21211 `perl-indent-level'
21212 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21213 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21214 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21215 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21216 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21217 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21218 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21219 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21220 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21221 `perl-brace-offset'
21222 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21223 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21224 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21225 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21226 `perl-label-offset'
21227 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21228 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21229 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21231 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21232 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21233 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21234 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21235 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21236 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21237 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21239 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21245 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21246 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21247 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21248 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18787 48917))
21249 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21251 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21252 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21254 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21256 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21257 passphrase cache or user.
21259 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21261 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21262 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21264 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21267 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21270 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21272 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21275 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21276 passphrase cache or user.
21278 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21280 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21281 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21283 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21285 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21288 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21289 passphrase cache or user.
21291 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21293 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21294 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21296 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21297 passphrase cache or user.
21299 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21301 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21302 Decrypt the current buffer.
21304 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21307 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21308 passphrase cache or user.
21310 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21312 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21313 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21315 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21316 a detached signature.
21318 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21319 and the output is displayed.
21321 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21322 passphrase cache or user.
21324 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21327 Sign the current buffer.
21329 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21330 detached signature.
21332 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21335 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21336 and the output is displayed.
21338 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21339 passphrase cache or user.
21341 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21344 Verify the current region between START and END.
21345 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21346 the detached signature of the current region.
21348 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21349 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21351 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21353 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21354 Verify the current buffer.
21355 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21356 the detached signature of the current region.
21357 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21358 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21359 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21362 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21364 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21365 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21369 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21370 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21372 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21375 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21381 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21382 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21383 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21385 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21386 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21388 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21392 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21393 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21394 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21396 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21397 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21398 \\<picture-mode-map>
21399 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21400 afterwards settable by these commands:
21402 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21403 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21404 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21405 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21407 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21408 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21409 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21410 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21412 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21413 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21414 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21415 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21417 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21418 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21419 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21420 with these commands:
21422 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21423 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21424 Move to column following last
21425 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21426 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21427 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21428 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21429 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21430 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21432 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21434 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21435 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21436 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21437 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21438 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21439 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21441 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21442 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21443 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21444 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21445 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21446 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21447 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21449 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21450 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21451 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21452 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21453 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21454 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21455 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21456 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21458 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21459 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21460 by supplying an argument.
21462 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21464 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21465 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21469 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21473 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21474 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21475 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21477 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21478 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21479 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21481 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21485 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18787 48933))
21486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21488 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21489 Play pong and waste time.
21490 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21491 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21493 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21501 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21502 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21503 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
21504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21506 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21507 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21508 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21509 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21511 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21513 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21514 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21518 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21519 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21520 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21521 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21522 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21524 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21526 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21527 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21528 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21530 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21532 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21533 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21535 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21537 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21538 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21539 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21540 Ignores leading comment characters.
21544 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21545 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21546 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21547 Ignores leading comment characters.
21553 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21554 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21555 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21556 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21557 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21558 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21559 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21560 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21561 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21562 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21563 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21564 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21565 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21566 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21567 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21568 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21569 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21570 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21571 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21572 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21574 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21575 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21577 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21579 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21581 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21583 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21584 Preview directory using ghostview.
21586 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21587 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21588 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21589 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21591 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21592 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21593 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21594 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21595 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21598 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21600 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21602 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21603 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21605 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21606 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21607 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21608 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21610 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21611 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21612 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21613 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21614 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21617 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21619 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21621 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21622 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21624 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21625 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21626 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21627 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21629 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21630 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21631 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21632 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21633 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21636 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21638 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21640 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21641 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21643 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21645 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21646 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21647 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21648 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21650 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21651 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21652 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21653 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21654 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21657 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21659 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21661 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21662 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21664 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21665 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21666 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21668 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21669 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21670 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21671 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21673 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21675 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21676 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21678 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21679 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21680 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21682 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21683 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21684 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21685 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21687 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21689 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21690 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21692 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21693 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21694 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21696 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21697 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21698 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21699 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21701 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21703 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21704 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21706 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21708 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21709 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21710 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21712 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21713 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21714 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21715 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21717 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21720 Preview region using ghostview.
21722 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21724 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21726 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21727 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21729 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21731 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21733 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21734 Print region using PostScript printer.
21736 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21738 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21740 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21741 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21743 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21745 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21747 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21748 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21750 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21752 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21754 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21755 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21757 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21759 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21761 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21762 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21764 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21766 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21768 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21769 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21771 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21773 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21775 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21776 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21777 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21778 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21780 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21783 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21784 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21786 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21788 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21790 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21791 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21792 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21793 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21797 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21798 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21799 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21800 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21804 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21805 Print directory using text printer.
21807 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21810 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21811 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21813 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21815 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21817 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21818 Print buffer using text printer.
21822 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21823 Print region using text printer.
21827 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21828 Print major mode using text printer.
21832 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21833 Preview spooled PostScript.
21835 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21836 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21837 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21839 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21840 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21841 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21843 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21846 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21848 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21849 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21850 instead of sending it to the printer.
21852 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21853 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21854 image in a file with that name.
21856 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21858 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21859 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21861 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21862 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21863 instead of sending it to the printer.
21865 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21866 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21867 image in a file with that name.
21869 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21871 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21872 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21874 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21875 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21876 instead of sending it to the printer.
21878 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21879 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21880 image in a file with that name.
21882 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21884 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21885 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21887 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21889 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21890 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21892 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21894 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21895 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21897 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21899 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21900 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21902 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21904 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21905 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21907 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21910 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21912 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21913 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21914 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21915 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21917 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21918 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21919 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21920 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21921 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21922 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21925 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21927 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21928 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21932 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21933 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21935 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21937 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21942 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21943 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21947 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21948 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21952 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21953 Toggle printing with faces.
21957 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21962 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21967 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21970 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21972 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21977 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21982 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21983 Toggle upside-down.
21987 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21988 Toggle line number.
21992 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21993 Toggle zebra stripes.
21997 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21998 Toggle printing header.
22002 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22003 Toggle printing header frame.
22007 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22012 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22013 Toggle auto region.
22017 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22022 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22023 Customization of the `printing' group.
22025 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22027 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22028 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22030 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22032 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22033 Help for the printing package.
22035 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22037 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22038 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22042 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22043 Interactively select a text printer.
22047 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22048 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22052 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22053 Show current ps-print settings.
22055 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22057 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22058 Show current printing settings.
22060 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22062 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22063 Show current lpr settings.
22065 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22067 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22068 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22070 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22071 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22072 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22073 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22076 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22078 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22079 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22080 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22082 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22083 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22084 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22085 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22086 current active printer.
22088 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22089 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22090 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22093 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22094 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22095 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22096 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22097 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22100 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22101 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22103 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22105 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22106 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22107 be done using the new current active printer.
22109 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22110 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22113 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22114 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22115 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22116 instead of sending it to the printer.
22118 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22119 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22122 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22125 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22128 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22130 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22131 Fast fire function for text printing.
22133 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22134 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22135 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22136 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22138 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22139 user for a new active text printer.
22141 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22143 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22145 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22146 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22149 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22151 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22154 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22158 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18787 48917))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22161 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22162 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22163 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22164 information will be displayed but not selected.
22165 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22167 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22173 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22174 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
22175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22177 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22178 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22179 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22181 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22182 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22183 if that value is non-nil.
22187 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22189 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22190 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22191 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22193 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22197 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18794
22199 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22201 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22202 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22203 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22205 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22209 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18787
22211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22213 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22214 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22216 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22218 The following variables hold user options, and can
22219 be set through the `customize' command:
22221 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22223 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22224 `ps-mode-print-function'
22226 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22230 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22233 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22239 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22240 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22241 The keymap for this second window is:
22243 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22246 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22247 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22248 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22249 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22250 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22256 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22257 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22258 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22259 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22260 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22261 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18812
22263 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22265 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk")) "\
22266 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22267 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22269 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22271 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22272 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22273 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22274 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22276 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22278 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22279 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22283 nil Do not print colors.
22287 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22288 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22290 Any other value is treated as t.")
22292 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22294 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22295 Customization of ps-print group.
22299 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22300 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22302 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22303 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22304 sending it to the printer.
22306 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22307 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22308 image in a file with that name.
22310 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22312 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22313 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22314 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22315 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22316 so it has a way to determine color values.
22318 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22320 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22321 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22322 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22324 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22326 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22327 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22328 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22329 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22330 so it has a way to determine color values.
22332 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22334 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22335 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22336 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22337 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22339 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22343 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22344 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22345 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22346 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22347 so it has a way to determine color values.
22349 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22353 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22354 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22355 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22357 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22359 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22361 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22362 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22363 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22364 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22365 so it has a way to determine color values.
22367 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22369 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22371 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22372 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22374 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22375 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22376 instead of sending it to the printer.
22378 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22379 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22380 image in a file with that name.
22382 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22384 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22385 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22386 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22387 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22388 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22392 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22393 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22394 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22396 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22398 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22399 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22400 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22402 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22404 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22405 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22409 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22410 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22412 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22413 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22415 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22416 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22418 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22420 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22422 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22424 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22425 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22427 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22428 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22430 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22431 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22433 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22435 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22437 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22439 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22440 foreground and background colors respectively.
22442 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22443 bold - use bold font.
22444 italic - use italic font.
22445 underline - put a line under text.
22446 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22447 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22448 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22449 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22450 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22452 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22454 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22458 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22459 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18820 32010))
22460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22462 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22464 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22466 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22468 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22469 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22470 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22471 buffer automatically.
22473 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22474 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22475 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22476 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22477 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22478 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22479 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22481 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22482 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22483 buffer for a list of commands.)
22485 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22487 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22488 Major mode for editing Python files.
22489 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22490 for correct parsing of the source.
22491 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22492 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22493 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22495 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22496 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22497 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22498 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22499 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22500 \\<python-mode-map>
22501 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22502 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22503 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22504 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22505 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22506 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22508 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22509 effect outside them.
22511 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22512 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22513 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22514 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22515 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22516 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22517 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22518 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22519 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22521 \\{python-mode-map}
22525 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22526 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22527 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22528 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22532 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22533 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22534 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22535 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22536 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22537 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22539 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22540 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22541 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22542 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22543 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22544 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22545 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22547 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22548 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22549 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22550 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22551 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22553 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22554 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22555 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22556 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22557 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22558 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22559 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22562 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22563 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22564 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22565 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22566 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22567 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22570 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22574 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22575 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22578 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22579 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22580 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22583 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22584 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22586 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22587 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22588 them into characters should be done separately.
22590 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22594 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22595 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22596 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22597 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22598 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18800 40734))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22601 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22602 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22606 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22607 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22608 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22610 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22611 `quail-activate', which see.
22613 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22615 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22616 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22617 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22618 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22619 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22620 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22621 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22623 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22624 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22625 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22626 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22627 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22629 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22631 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22632 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22633 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22634 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22635 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22636 list of candidates.
22638 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22639 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22640 command to be called.
22642 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22643 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22644 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22645 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22647 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22648 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22649 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22650 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22651 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22654 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22655 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22656 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22657 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22659 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22660 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22661 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22662 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22664 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22665 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22666 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22667 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22668 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22669 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22671 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22672 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22673 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22674 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22675 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22676 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22678 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22679 covers Quail translation region.
22681 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22682 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22683 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22684 for it) is inserted.
22686 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22687 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22688 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22690 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22691 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22692 non-Quail commands.
22694 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22696 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22697 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22699 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22700 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22701 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22702 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22703 you type is correctly handled.
22705 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22707 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22708 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22710 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22713 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22715 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22716 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22717 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22718 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22719 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22720 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22721 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22722 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22723 for the translation.
22724 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22726 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22727 it is used to handle KEY.
22729 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22730 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22731 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22732 the following annotation types are supported.
22734 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22735 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22737 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22740 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22741 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22742 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22745 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22746 generated for the following translations.
22748 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22750 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22751 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22753 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22754 which to install MAP.
22756 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22758 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22760 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22761 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22763 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22764 which to install MAP.
22766 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22768 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22770 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22771 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22772 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22773 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22774 a function, or a cons.
22775 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22776 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22777 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22778 for the translation.
22779 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22780 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22781 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22782 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22783 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22785 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22786 it is used to handle KEY.
22788 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22789 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22790 current Quail package.
22792 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22793 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22795 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22797 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22798 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22800 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22801 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22803 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22805 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22806 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22808 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22810 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22811 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22812 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22813 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22814 of the Emacs source tree.
22816 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22817 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22819 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22820 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22823 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22827 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22828 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22829 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18787
22831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22833 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22834 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22835 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22836 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22838 To make use of this do something like:
22840 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22842 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22844 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22845 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22847 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22848 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22849 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22851 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22853 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22854 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22856 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22858 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22859 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22861 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22864 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22866 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22867 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22869 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22870 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22871 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22873 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22875 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22876 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22878 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22880 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22881 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22885 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22886 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22888 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22890 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22894 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22895 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22901 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22902 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18787 48931))
22903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22905 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22906 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22908 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22910 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22914 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22916 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22919 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22921 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22922 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22923 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22925 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22926 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22928 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22930 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22931 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22937 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18787
22939 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22941 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22942 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22945 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22949 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22950 ;;;;;; (18791 16517))
22951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22953 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22955 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22956 Construct a regexp interactively.
22962 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18787 48917))
22963 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22965 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22966 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22967 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22970 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22972 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22974 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22975 Toggle recentf mode.
22976 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22977 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22979 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22980 that were operated on recently.
22982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22986 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22987 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22988 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22989 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18787
22991 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22992 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22993 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22994 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22995 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22996 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22997 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22999 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
23000 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
23001 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
23002 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
23004 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
23006 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
23008 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23009 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23010 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23011 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23014 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23015 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23018 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23020 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23021 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23022 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23024 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23025 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23028 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23030 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23031 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23032 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23034 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23036 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23037 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23039 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23040 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23042 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23045 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23046 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23047 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23048 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23051 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23053 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23054 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23058 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23059 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23060 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23061 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23062 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23063 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23064 and point is at the lower right corner.
23066 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23068 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23069 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23071 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23072 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23074 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23075 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23076 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23078 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23080 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23082 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23083 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23084 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23085 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23086 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23088 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23089 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23091 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23093 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23094 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23095 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23097 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23099 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23101 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23103 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23104 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23106 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23107 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23108 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23110 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23112 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23113 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23114 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23116 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23117 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23118 rectangle which were empty.
23120 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23124 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18787
23126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23128 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23129 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23130 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23132 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23133 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23134 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23140 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23141 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18787 48936))
23142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23144 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23145 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23149 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23150 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23152 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23153 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23155 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23156 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23157 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23160 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23161 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23162 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23164 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23165 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23166 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23168 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23169 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23171 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23172 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23174 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23175 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23178 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23182 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23183 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23184 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23190 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23191 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23194 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23195 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23196 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23197 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23198 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23199 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23201 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23203 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23205 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23206 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23207 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23208 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23209 `reftex-cite-format'.
23211 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23212 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23213 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23214 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23216 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23220 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23221 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23224 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23225 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23226 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23227 the current TeX document.
23229 With no argument, this command toggles
23230 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23231 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23237 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23238 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23239 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23241 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23242 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23243 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23245 To insert new phrases, use
23246 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23247 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23249 To index phrases use one of:
23251 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23252 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23253 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23254 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23255 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23257 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23258 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23260 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23262 Here are all local bindings.
23264 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23270 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23271 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23272 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23274 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23275 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23276 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23279 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18787
23285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23286 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23287 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23288 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23289 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23293 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23294 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23297 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23298 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23299 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23300 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23301 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23302 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23304 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23305 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23307 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23310 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23312 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23313 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23314 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23315 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23317 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18787 48918))
23322 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23323 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23324 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23325 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23326 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23327 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23328 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23329 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23330 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23331 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23332 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23333 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23334 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23335 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23339 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23340 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23341 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23342 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23344 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23345 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23346 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23347 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23349 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23351 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23353 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23354 Call `remember' in another frame.
23356 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23358 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23359 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23360 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23365 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23366 Extract diary entries from the region.
23372 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18791 16512))
23373 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23375 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23376 Repeat most recently executed command.
23377 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23378 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23379 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23381 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23382 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23383 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23384 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23386 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23387 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23388 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23390 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23394 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23395 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
23396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23398 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23399 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23401 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23402 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23403 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23404 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23405 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23406 and point is left after the salutation.
23408 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23409 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23410 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23411 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23412 left after that text.
23414 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23417 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23418 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23419 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23420 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23422 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23426 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23427 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23428 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23430 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23431 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23432 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23433 visibility of comments that precede it.
23434 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23435 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23436 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23437 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23438 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23439 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23440 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23441 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23443 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23444 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23445 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23446 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23447 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23453 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23454 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23455 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23457 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23458 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23459 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23461 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23462 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23463 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23467 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23468 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23469 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23471 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23472 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23474 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23476 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23477 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23478 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23480 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23481 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23482 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23488 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23489 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23492 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23493 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23497 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23498 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23500 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23504 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18787 48931))
23505 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23506 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23508 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23509 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23510 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23511 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23513 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23515 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23516 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23517 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23518 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23520 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23521 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23523 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23524 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23526 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23527 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23530 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23531 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23532 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23533 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23534 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23536 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23537 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23538 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23539 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23541 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23542 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23545 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23549 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23550 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23551 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-dont-reply-to-names
23552 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18821
23554 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23556 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23557 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23558 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23560 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23562 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23563 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23564 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23565 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23567 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23569 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23570 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23571 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23572 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23573 value is the user's email address and name.)
23574 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23576 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23577 List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23578 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23579 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23580 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23582 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23584 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23585 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23587 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23589 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23590 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23592 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23594 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23595 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23597 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23598 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23600 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23602 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23603 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23605 This is set to nil by default.")
23607 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23608 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23609 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23610 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23611 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23612 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23613 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23615 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23616 Read and edit incoming mail.
23617 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23618 file in RMAIL Mode.
23619 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23621 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23622 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23623 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23624 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23626 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23628 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23630 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23631 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23632 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23633 Instead, these commands are available:
23635 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23636 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23637 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23638 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23639 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23640 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23641 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23642 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23643 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23644 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23645 \\[rmail-show-message-maybe] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23646 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23647 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23648 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23649 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23650 till a deleted message is found.
23651 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23652 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23653 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23654 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23655 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23656 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23657 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23658 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23659 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23660 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23661 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23662 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23663 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23664 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23665 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23666 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23667 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23668 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23669 (label defaults to last one specified).
23670 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23671 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23672 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23673 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23674 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23675 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23676 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23677 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23678 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23682 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23683 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23685 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23687 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23688 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23690 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23694 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23695 ;;;;;; (18821 42520))
23696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23698 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23699 Edit the contents of this message.
23705 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23706 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23707 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18817 44748))
23708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23710 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23711 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23712 Performs completion over known labels when reading.
23714 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23716 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23717 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23718 Performs completion over known labels when reading.
23720 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23722 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23725 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23727 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23728 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23729 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23730 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23731 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23733 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23735 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23736 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23737 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23738 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23739 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23741 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23745 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23746 ;;;;;; (18811 27444))
23747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23749 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23750 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23751 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23752 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23754 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23758 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output) "rmailout"
23759 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18815 6890))
23760 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23762 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23763 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23764 This works with both mbox format and Babyl format files,
23765 outputting in the appropriate format for each.
23766 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23767 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23769 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23770 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23771 When called from Lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23773 This command always outputs the complete message header,
23774 even if the header display is currently pruned.
23776 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23777 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23779 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23781 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23783 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23784 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23785 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23787 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23791 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23792 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23793 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18821
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23797 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23798 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23799 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23801 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23803 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23804 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23805 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23807 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23809 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23810 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23811 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23813 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23815 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23816 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23817 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23819 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23821 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23822 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23823 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23825 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23827 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23828 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23829 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23831 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23833 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23834 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23835 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23836 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23838 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23842 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-by-senders
23843 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
23844 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
23845 ;;;;;; (18820 21794))
23846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23848 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23849 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23853 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23854 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23855 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23857 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23859 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23860 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23861 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23862 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23863 only look in the To and From fields.
23864 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23866 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23868 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23869 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23870 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23871 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23872 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23874 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23876 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23877 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23878 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23879 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23880 look in the whole message.
23881 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23883 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23885 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23886 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23887 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23889 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23891 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23892 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23893 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23894 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23895 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23896 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23897 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23899 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23900 sent by you under different user names.
23901 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23903 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23905 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23909 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23910 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23911 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23913 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23914 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23917 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23921 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23922 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23923 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23925 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23926 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23927 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23928 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23934 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23935 ;;;;;; (18787 48932))
23936 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23938 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23939 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23941 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23942 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23943 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23944 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23945 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23946 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23947 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23948 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23949 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23950 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23952 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23953 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23954 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23955 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23956 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23957 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23958 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23959 to use for finding the schema.
23961 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23965 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18787
23967 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23969 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23971 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23972 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23973 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23974 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23975 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23976 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23977 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23978 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23979 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23980 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23981 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23982 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23983 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23984 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23985 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23986 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23989 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23993 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23994 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18821 3056))
23995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23997 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23998 Define a robin package.
24000 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24001 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24002 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24003 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24005 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24006 one replaces the old one.
24008 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24010 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24011 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24013 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24014 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24015 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24017 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24019 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24020 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24022 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24026 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24027 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18787 48918))
24028 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24030 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24031 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24033 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24035 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24036 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24038 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24040 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24041 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24043 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24045 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24046 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24047 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24049 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24050 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24053 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24057 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24058 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24064 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24065 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
24066 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24067 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24069 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24070 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24072 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24073 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24074 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24075 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24076 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24078 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24079 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24080 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24081 font-locking of blocks.
24087 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24089 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24090 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24091 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24092 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24094 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24095 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24096 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24102 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24103 ;;;;;; (18804 45209))
24104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24106 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24107 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24108 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24109 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24110 nesting into account.
24112 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24118 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.rb\\'" . ruby-mode))
24120 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons name 'ruby-mode)))
24124 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18787
24126 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24128 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24129 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24135 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18787
24137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24139 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24140 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24141 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24142 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24144 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24146 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24147 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24148 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24150 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24151 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24152 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24154 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24158 matches string STRING literally.
24161 matches character CHAR literally.
24163 `not-newline', `nonl'
24164 matches any character except a newline.
24167 matches any character
24172 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24173 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24174 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24176 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24177 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24178 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24179 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24181 `(not (any SET ...))'
24182 matches any character not in SET ...
24184 `line-start', `bol'
24185 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24186 in the text being matched
24189 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24191 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24192 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24193 string being matched against.
24195 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24196 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24197 string being matched against.
24200 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24201 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24204 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24205 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24208 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24210 `word-start', `bow'
24211 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24214 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24217 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24220 `(not word-boundary)'
24221 `not-word-boundary'
24222 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24226 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24229 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24231 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24232 matches 0 through 9.
24235 matches ASCII control characters.
24237 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24238 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24241 matches space and tab only.
24244 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24247 `printing', `print'
24248 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24251 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24252 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24253 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24255 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24256 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24257 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24260 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24263 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24265 `lower', `lower-case'
24266 matches anything lower-case.
24268 `upper', `upper-case'
24269 matches anything upper-case.
24271 `punctuation', `punct'
24272 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24273 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24275 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24276 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24279 matches anything that has word syntax.
24282 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24285 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24286 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24287 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24289 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24290 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24293 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24294 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24295 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24296 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24297 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24299 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24300 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24301 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24302 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24303 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24305 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24306 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24308 `(category CATEGORY)'
24309 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24310 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24312 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24313 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24314 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24315 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24319 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24320 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24321 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24322 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24323 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24324 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24325 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24326 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24327 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24328 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24329 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24330 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24331 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24332 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24341 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24345 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24347 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24352 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24353 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24355 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24356 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24357 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24358 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24359 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24361 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24362 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24363 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24364 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24366 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24367 another name for `submatch'.
24369 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24370 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24371 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24372 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24373 regular expression.
24375 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24376 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24377 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24378 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24379 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24381 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24382 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24384 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24385 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24387 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24389 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24392 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24393 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24396 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24397 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24399 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24401 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24404 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24407 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24409 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24410 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24412 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24415 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24418 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24422 matches N occurrences.
24425 matches N or more occurrences.
24427 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24428 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24429 matches N to M occurrences.
24432 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24435 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24439 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24441 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24445 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24446 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24447 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24449 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24450 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24451 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24454 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24456 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24457 Toggle savehist-mode.
24458 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24459 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24460 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24461 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24463 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24464 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24465 which is probably undesirable.
24471 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24472 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
24473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24475 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24476 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24477 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24479 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24480 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24481 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24482 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24483 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24484 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24485 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24486 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24489 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24490 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24491 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24492 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24493 if that value is non-nil.
24497 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24498 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24499 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24502 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24503 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24504 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24505 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24506 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24507 that variable's value is a string.
24513 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24514 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
24515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24517 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24518 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24519 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24521 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24527 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24528 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24529 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24531 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24532 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24533 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24536 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24538 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24540 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24541 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24542 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24543 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24544 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24550 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24551 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24552 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24554 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24555 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24556 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24557 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24558 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24565 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24566 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24567 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24568 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24569 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24570 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24571 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24572 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24573 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18809 55674))
24574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24576 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24577 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24579 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24581 If `parens', they look like:
24582 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24583 If `angles', they look like:
24584 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24585 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24586 derived from the envelope-from address.
24588 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24589 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24590 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24591 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24593 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24595 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24596 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24597 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24598 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24600 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24601 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24602 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24603 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24605 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24607 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24608 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24609 This is done when the message is initialized,
24610 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24612 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24614 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24615 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24616 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24618 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24620 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24622 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24623 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24624 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24625 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24626 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24627 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24628 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24630 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24632 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24633 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24635 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24637 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24638 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24639 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24641 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24643 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24644 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24645 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24646 when you first send mail.")
24648 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24650 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24651 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24652 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24653 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24654 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24656 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24658 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24659 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24660 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24661 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24662 This file need not actually exist.")
24664 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24666 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24667 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24668 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24670 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24672 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24673 Alist of mail address aliases,
24674 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24675 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24676 can specify a different file name.)
24677 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24678 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24680 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24681 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24682 nil means use indentation.")
24684 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24686 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24687 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24688 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24690 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24692 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24693 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24694 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24695 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24696 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24697 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24698 in the cited portion of the message.
24700 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24701 instead of no action.")
24703 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24705 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24706 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24707 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24708 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24709 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24711 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24713 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24714 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24715 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24716 If a string, that string is inserted.
24717 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24718 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24719 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24720 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24722 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24724 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24725 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24727 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24729 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24730 Directory for mail buffers.
24731 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24732 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24734 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24736 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24737 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24738 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24739 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24741 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24743 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24744 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24745 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24746 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24749 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24751 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24752 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24753 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24754 `query' means ask the user each time.
24755 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24756 The default is `mime'.
24757 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24758 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24760 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24762 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24763 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24764 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24766 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24767 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24769 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24770 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24771 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24772 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24773 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24774 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24775 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24776 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24777 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24778 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24779 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24780 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24781 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24785 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24786 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24788 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24789 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24791 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24793 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24794 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24795 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24796 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24797 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24798 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24800 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24801 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24802 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24804 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24805 User should not set this variable manually,
24806 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24807 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24808 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24809 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24811 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24812 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24813 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24814 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24816 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24817 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24820 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24822 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24823 to move to message header fields:
24826 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24827 when the message is initialized.
24829 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24830 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24832 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24835 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24836 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24838 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24839 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24840 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24841 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24842 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24843 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24844 buffer without erasing the contents.
24846 The second through fifth arguments,
24847 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24848 the initial contents of those header fields.
24849 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24850 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24851 original message being replied to, or else an action
24852 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24853 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24854 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24855 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24856 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24857 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24859 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24861 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24862 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24864 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24866 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24867 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24869 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24873 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24874 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (18809
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24878 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24879 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24880 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24881 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24882 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24883 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24885 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24886 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24888 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24889 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24892 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24894 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24895 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24896 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24897 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24899 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24901 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24902 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24903 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24906 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24908 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24910 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24911 Toggle Server mode.
24912 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24913 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24914 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24918 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24919 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24920 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24922 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24923 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24925 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24929 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18787 48918))
24930 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24932 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24933 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24934 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24938 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24939 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24940 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24941 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24947 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24948 ;;;;;; (18791 16534))
24949 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24951 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24952 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24954 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24957 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24958 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24959 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24961 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24962 in your `.emacs' file.
24964 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24966 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24967 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24972 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24974 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24975 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24976 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24977 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24978 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24979 which this is based.
24981 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24983 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24984 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24985 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24986 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24988 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24989 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24990 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24992 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24993 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24994 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24995 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24997 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24998 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24999 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25000 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25002 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25004 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25005 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
25006 To work around that, do:
25007 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25015 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25016 ;;;;;; (18806 31010))
25017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25018 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25020 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25021 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25022 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25023 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25024 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25025 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25027 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25028 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25029 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25030 shell-specific features.
25032 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25033 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25034 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25036 \\[sh-case] case statement
25037 \\[sh-for] for loop
25038 \\[sh-function] function definition
25039 \\[sh-if] if statement
25040 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25041 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25042 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25043 \\[sh-select] select loop
25044 \\[sh-until] until loop
25045 \\[sh-while] while loop
25047 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25048 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25049 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25050 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25051 would indent to the way it currently is.
25052 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25053 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25056 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25057 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25058 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25059 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25060 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25061 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25063 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25065 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25067 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25068 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25069 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25071 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25072 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25076 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25080 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18787 48918))
25081 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25083 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25084 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25085 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25086 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25087 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25088 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25090 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25094 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25095 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
25096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25098 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25099 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25101 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25102 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25103 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25104 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25107 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25109 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25111 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25112 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25113 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25115 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25116 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25118 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25119 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25120 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25121 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25122 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25123 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25124 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25127 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25128 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25129 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25130 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25131 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25133 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25134 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25135 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25141 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25142 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18787
25144 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25146 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25147 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25148 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25149 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25150 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25151 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25152 sites in the cluster.
25156 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25157 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25158 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25159 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25160 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25164 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25165 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25166 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25167 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25168 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25169 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25170 `shadow-define-cluster').
25174 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25175 Set up file shadowing.
25181 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25182 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
25183 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25185 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25186 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25187 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25188 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25189 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25192 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25194 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25195 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25196 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25197 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25198 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25200 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25201 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25202 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25203 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25204 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25205 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25206 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25207 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25208 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25209 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25210 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25212 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25213 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25214 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25215 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25216 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25217 `default-process-coding-system'.
25219 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25220 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25221 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25222 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25224 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25226 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25227 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25231 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25232 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18787 48928))
25233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25235 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25238 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25240 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25243 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25245 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25248 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25252 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25253 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25256 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25257 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25258 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25259 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25260 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25262 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25268 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18791
25270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25272 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25273 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25274 \\{simula-mode-map}
25275 Variables controlling indentation style:
25276 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25277 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25278 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25279 `simula-indent-level'
25280 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25281 `simula-substatement-offset'
25282 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25283 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25284 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25285 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25286 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25287 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25288 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25289 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25290 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25291 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25292 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25293 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25294 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25295 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25296 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25297 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25298 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25299 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25300 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25301 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25302 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25303 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25304 or nil if they should not be changed.
25305 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25306 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25307 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25308 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25310 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25311 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25317 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25318 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18791 16512))
25319 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25321 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25322 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25324 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25325 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25326 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25327 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25329 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25331 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25333 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25334 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25335 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25336 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25337 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25339 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25340 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25342 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25344 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25345 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25347 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25348 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25349 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25350 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25352 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25353 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25354 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25355 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25357 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25358 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25359 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25361 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25362 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25364 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25365 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25367 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25368 _ interesting point, interregion here
25369 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25370 interesting point set by _
25371 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25372 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25373 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25374 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25375 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25376 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25379 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25380 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25382 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25383 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25384 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25385 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25386 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25387 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25388 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25389 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25391 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25392 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25393 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25394 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25395 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25398 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25399 then: insert previously read string once more
25400 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25401 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25402 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25404 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25405 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25407 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25409 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25410 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25412 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25413 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25414 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25415 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25416 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25419 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25420 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25421 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25427 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25428 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18787 48918))
25429 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25431 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25432 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25433 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25436 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25438 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25439 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25440 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25444 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25445 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25446 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25452 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25453 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25454 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25456 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25457 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25458 A list of images is returned.
25460 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25462 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25463 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25464 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25466 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25470 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25471 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18787 48930))
25472 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25474 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25479 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25480 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25486 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18787 48933))
25487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25489 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25490 Play the Snake game.
25491 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25493 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25495 Snake mode keybindings:
25497 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25498 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25499 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25500 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25501 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25502 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25503 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25509 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25510 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
25511 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25513 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25514 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25515 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25516 Tab indents for C code.
25517 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25518 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25520 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25525 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25526 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25527 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25528 Tab indents for C code.
25529 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25530 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25532 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25533 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25539 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18787
25541 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25543 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25544 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25545 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25546 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25547 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25549 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25555 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18787
25557 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25559 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25562 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25563 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25564 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25565 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25566 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25567 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25568 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25569 check after each move or undo.)
25573 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25574 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25575 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25594 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25595 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25596 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25597 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25599 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25600 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25601 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25604 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25605 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25607 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25623 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25625 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25631 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25632 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25633 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18787 48918))
25634 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25635 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25637 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25638 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25640 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25641 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25642 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25643 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25646 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25647 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25648 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25651 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25652 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25654 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25655 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25656 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25657 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25660 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25661 It should move point to the end of the record.
25663 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25664 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25665 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25666 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25667 starts at the beginning of the record.
25669 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25670 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25673 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25674 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25676 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25678 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25679 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25680 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25681 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25682 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25685 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25687 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25688 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25689 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25690 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25691 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25694 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25696 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25697 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25698 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25699 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25700 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25703 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25704 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25706 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25707 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25708 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25709 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25710 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25711 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25712 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25713 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25714 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25716 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25718 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25719 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25720 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25721 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25722 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25723 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25724 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25727 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25729 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25730 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25731 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25732 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25733 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25734 is to be used for sorting.
25735 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25736 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25737 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25738 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25739 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25741 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25743 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25746 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25747 starting with the letter \"f\",
25748 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25750 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25752 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25753 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25754 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25755 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25756 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25757 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25758 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25761 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25762 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25763 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25764 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25765 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25767 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25769 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25770 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25771 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25773 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25777 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18787
25779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25781 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25782 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25783 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25784 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25785 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25786 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25788 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25792 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25793 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25794 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18791 16522))
25795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25797 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25798 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25800 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25801 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25802 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25804 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25806 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25807 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25808 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25811 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25813 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25814 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25815 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25817 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25819 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25820 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25821 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25822 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25827 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25828 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25829 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25830 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25836 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25837 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18787 48918))
25838 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25840 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25842 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25843 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25844 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25845 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25846 supported at a time.
25847 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25848 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25852 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25853 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25854 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25855 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25861 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25862 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18787 48936))
25863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25865 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25867 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25868 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25869 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25870 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25871 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25872 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25876 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25878 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25879 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25880 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25881 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25885 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25887 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25888 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25889 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25890 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25891 for example, \"word\".
25893 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25895 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25897 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25898 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25900 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25902 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25906 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18787
25908 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25910 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25911 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25915 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25916 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25922 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25923 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25924 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25925 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18787
25927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25929 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25930 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25932 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25933 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25934 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25935 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25936 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25937 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25938 of the current highlighting list.
25942 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25943 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25945 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25946 `_t' as data types.
25948 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25950 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25951 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25953 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25954 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25956 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25958 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25959 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25960 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25962 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25964 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25965 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25966 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25967 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25968 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25969 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25971 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25972 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25974 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25976 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25977 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25978 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25979 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25981 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25982 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25983 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25984 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25986 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25987 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25988 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25992 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25993 Major mode to edit SQL.
25995 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25996 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25997 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26000 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26002 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26003 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26004 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26005 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26006 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26007 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26009 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26010 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26012 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26013 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26014 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26016 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26018 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26022 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26023 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26025 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26026 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26029 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26031 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26033 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26034 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26036 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26037 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26040 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26041 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26042 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26043 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26045 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26046 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26048 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26049 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26050 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26051 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26052 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26053 `default-process-coding-system'.
26055 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26059 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26060 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26062 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26063 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26066 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26067 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26068 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26069 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26071 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26072 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26074 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26075 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26076 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26077 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26078 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26079 `default-process-coding-system'.
26081 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26085 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26086 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26088 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26089 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26092 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26093 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26095 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26096 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26098 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26099 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26100 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26101 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26102 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26103 `default-process-coding-system'.
26105 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26109 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26110 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26112 SQLite is free software.
26114 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26115 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26118 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26119 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26120 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26121 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26123 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26124 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26126 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26127 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26128 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26129 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26130 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26131 `default-process-coding-system'.
26133 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26137 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26138 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26140 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26142 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26143 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26146 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26147 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26148 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26149 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26151 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26152 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26154 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26155 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26156 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26157 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26158 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26159 `default-process-coding-system'.
26161 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26165 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26166 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26168 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26169 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26172 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26173 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26176 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26177 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26179 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26180 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26181 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26182 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26183 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26184 `default-process-coding-system'.
26186 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26190 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26191 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26193 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26194 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26197 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26198 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26200 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26201 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26203 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26204 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26205 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26206 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26207 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26208 `default-process-coding-system'.
26210 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26214 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26215 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26217 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26218 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26221 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26222 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26223 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26224 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26226 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26227 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26229 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26230 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26231 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26232 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26233 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26234 `default-process-coding-system'.
26236 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26240 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26241 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26243 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26244 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26247 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26248 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26249 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26250 `sql-postgres-options'.
26252 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26253 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26255 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26256 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26257 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26258 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26259 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26260 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26261 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26262 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26264 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26265 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26267 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26271 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26272 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26274 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26275 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26278 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26279 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26282 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26283 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26285 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26286 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26287 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26288 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26289 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26290 `default-process-coding-system'.
26292 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26296 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26297 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26299 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26300 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26303 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26306 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26307 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26309 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26310 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26311 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26312 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26314 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26315 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26316 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26317 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26318 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26319 `default-process-coding-system'.
26321 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26325 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26326 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26328 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26329 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26332 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26333 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26334 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26335 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26338 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26339 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26340 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26341 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26344 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26345 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26347 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26353 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26354 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26355 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26356 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26357 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18787
26359 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26361 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26362 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26363 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26364 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26365 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26366 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26368 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26370 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26372 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26373 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26374 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26375 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26376 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26377 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26378 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26380 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26382 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26383 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26384 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26385 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26386 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26387 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26388 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26390 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26392 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26393 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26394 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26396 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26398 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26399 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26400 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26402 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26404 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26405 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26407 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26409 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26410 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26414 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26415 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26419 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26420 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26421 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26422 chronologically by command name.
26423 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26425 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26427 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26428 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26429 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26430 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26431 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26432 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26434 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26436 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26437 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26438 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26439 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26440 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26441 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26442 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26444 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26445 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26446 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26447 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26449 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26453 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26454 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26455 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26456 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26458 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26460 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26461 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26467 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26468 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 59248))
26469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26471 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26472 Studlify-case the region.
26474 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26476 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26477 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26479 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26481 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26482 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26488 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26489 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
26490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26492 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26493 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26494 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26495 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26496 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26497 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26498 original message but it does require a few things:
26500 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26502 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26505 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26506 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26509 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26511 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26513 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26514 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26515 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26521 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26522 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18787 48935))
26523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26525 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26526 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26527 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26528 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26530 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26531 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26533 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26534 determining which symbols are considered.
26536 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26537 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26538 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26539 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26541 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26543 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26544 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26545 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26546 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26547 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26550 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26551 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26552 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26553 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26555 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26559 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18787
26561 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26563 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26565 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26566 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26567 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26570 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26572 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26574 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26575 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26576 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26577 otherwise turn it off.
26579 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26580 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26581 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26587 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18787 48918))
26588 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26590 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26591 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26592 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26593 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26594 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26596 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26598 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26599 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26600 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26601 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26602 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26603 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26604 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26606 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26610 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26611 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26612 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26613 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26614 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26615 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26616 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26617 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26618 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26619 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26620 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26621 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26622 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18791 16534))
26623 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26625 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26626 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26627 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26629 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26631 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26632 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26634 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26636 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26637 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26639 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26641 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26642 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26644 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26646 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26647 Insert an editable text table.
26648 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26649 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26650 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26651 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26652 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26653 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26658 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26660 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26665 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26666 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26667 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26668 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26671 +-----+-----+-----+
26673 +-----+-----+-----+
26675 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26677 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26678 width, which results as
26680 +--------------+-----+-----+
26682 +--------------+-----+-----+
26684 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26685 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26687 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26689 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26691 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26692 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26693 width information to `table-insert'.
26695 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26701 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26704 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26705 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26707 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26712 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26720 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26722 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26724 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26727 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26730 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26733 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26734 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26735 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26740 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26743 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26746 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26748 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26751 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26754 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26755 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26756 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26757 | | |expected results.-!- |
26758 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26761 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26763 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26767 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26769 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26770 Insert N table row(s).
26771 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26772 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26773 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26774 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26778 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26779 Insert N table column(s).
26780 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26781 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26782 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26783 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26787 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26788 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26789 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26791 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26793 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26794 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26795 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26796 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26797 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26798 all the table specific features.
26800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26802 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26807 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26808 Recognize all tables within region.
26809 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26810 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26811 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26814 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26816 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26819 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26821 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26822 Recognize a table at point.
26823 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26824 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26825 the table specific features.
26827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26829 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26834 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26835 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26836 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26837 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26838 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26839 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26840 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26842 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26844 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26849 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26850 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26851 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26852 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26853 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26854 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26857 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26859 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26860 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26861 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26862 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26863 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26864 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26865 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26870 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26871 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26872 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26873 table's rectangle structure.
26875 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26877 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26878 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26879 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26880 table's rectangle structure.
26884 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26885 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26886 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26887 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26888 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26890 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26892 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26893 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26894 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26896 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26897 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26898 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26899 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26900 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26901 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26902 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26904 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26905 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26906 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26907 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26908 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26909 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26910 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26912 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26913 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26914 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26915 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26916 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26917 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26918 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26919 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26921 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26923 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26924 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26925 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26926 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26930 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26931 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26932 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26934 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26936 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26937 Split current cell vertically.
26938 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26942 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26943 Split current cell horizontally.
26944 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26948 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26949 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26950 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26952 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26954 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26955 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26956 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26957 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26959 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26961 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26962 Justify cell contents.
26963 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26964 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26965 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26966 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26968 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26970 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26971 Justify cells of a row.
26972 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26973 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26975 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26977 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26978 Justify cells of a column.
26979 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26980 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26982 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26984 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26985 Toggle fixing width mode.
26986 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26987 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26988 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26992 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26993 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26994 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26995 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26996 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26997 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26998 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26999 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27000 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27001 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27002 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27004 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27006 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27007 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27008 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27009 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27010 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27011 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27012 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27013 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27014 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27015 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27016 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27017 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27020 References used for this implementation:
27026 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27028 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27029 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27030 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27032 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27034 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27035 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27036 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27037 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27038 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27039 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27040 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27041 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27042 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27043 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27044 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27045 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27046 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27047 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27048 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27049 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27050 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27055 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27056 (table-forward-cell 15)
27057 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27058 (table-forward-cell 16)
27059 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27060 (table-forward-cell 1)
27061 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27064 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27065 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27066 (table-forward-cell 1)
27067 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27069 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27071 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27072 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27073 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27074 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27075 consists from cells of same height.
27079 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27080 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27081 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27082 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27083 column must consists from cells of same width.
27087 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27088 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27089 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27090 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27091 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27092 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27093 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27094 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27095 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27096 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27097 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27098 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27099 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27100 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27101 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27110 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27111 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27112 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27115 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27117 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27119 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27121 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27125 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27126 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27127 of each row is optional.
27132 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27133 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27134 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27135 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27136 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27138 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27139 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27141 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27142 expression and raw delimiter regular
27143 expression, it parses the specified text
27144 area and extracts cell items from
27145 non-table text and then forms a table out
27148 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27149 creates a single cell table. The text in
27150 the specified region is placed in that
27153 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27156 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27157 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27158 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27160 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27161 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27162 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27163 | area and extracts cell items from |
27164 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27167 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27168 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27169 | the specified region is placed in that |
27171 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27173 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27174 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27177 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27178 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27179 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27180 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27181 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27182 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27183 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27184 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27185 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27187 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27188 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27189 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27190 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27192 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27194 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27195 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27196 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27198 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27200 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27201 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27202 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27203 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27204 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27210 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18787 48918))
27211 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27213 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27214 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27216 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27218 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27219 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27225 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18805 60886))
27226 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27228 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27229 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27230 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27231 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27232 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27233 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27234 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27236 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27237 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27238 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27239 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27241 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27248 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27249 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18791 16532))
27250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27252 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27253 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27254 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27255 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27256 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27257 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27259 Variables controlling indentation style:
27261 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27262 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27263 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27265 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27266 documentation for details):
27267 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27268 Controls action of TAB key.
27270 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27271 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27272 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27273 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27274 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27276 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27277 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27285 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27286 Run inferior Tcl process.
27287 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27288 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27292 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27293 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27294 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27296 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27300 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18787 48931))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27302 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27304 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27305 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27306 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27307 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27309 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27310 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27311 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27312 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27313 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27315 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27316 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27318 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27319 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27320 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27321 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27327 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27328 ;;;;;; (18807 33925))
27329 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27331 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27332 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27333 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27334 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27335 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27336 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27338 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27340 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27341 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27342 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27343 commands to use in that buffer.
27345 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27347 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27349 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27350 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27352 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27354 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27355 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27356 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27357 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27358 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27359 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27360 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27361 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27362 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27363 use in that buffer.
27364 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27366 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27370 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18791
27372 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27374 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27375 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27376 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27377 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27378 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27379 program as keyboard input.
27381 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27382 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27383 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27384 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27386 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27387 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27388 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27389 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27390 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27392 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27394 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27395 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27396 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27397 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27399 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27400 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27401 subprocess started.
27403 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27407 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27408 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
27409 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27411 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27412 Start coverage on function under point.
27418 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18787 48933))
27419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27421 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27422 Play the Tetris game.
27423 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27424 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27425 as to form complete rows.
27427 tetris-mode keybindings:
27428 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27429 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27430 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27431 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27432 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27433 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27434 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27435 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27436 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27442 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27443 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27444 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27445 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27446 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27447 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27448 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27449 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
27450 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27452 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27453 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27455 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27457 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27458 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27459 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27460 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27461 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27463 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27465 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27466 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27467 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27468 if it matches the first line of the file,
27469 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27471 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27473 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27474 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27475 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27476 if the variable is non-nil.")
27478 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27480 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27481 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27483 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27485 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27486 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27487 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27488 See the documentation of that variable.")
27490 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27492 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27493 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27494 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27495 See the documentation of that variable.")
27497 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27499 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27500 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27501 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27502 See the documentation of that variable.")
27504 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27506 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27507 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27508 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27509 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27510 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27512 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27514 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27515 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27516 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27517 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27519 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27521 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27522 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27523 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27525 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27527 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27528 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27529 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27530 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27532 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27534 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27535 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27536 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27537 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27539 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27541 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27542 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27543 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27544 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27546 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27547 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27550 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27551 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27553 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27556 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27558 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27559 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27560 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27561 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27562 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27564 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27566 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27568 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27569 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27570 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27572 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27574 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27575 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27576 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27577 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27578 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27580 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27582 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27583 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27585 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27587 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27588 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27590 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27592 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27593 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27594 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27595 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27596 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27597 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27598 says which mode to use.
27602 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27604 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27606 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27608 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27609 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27610 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27611 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27612 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27614 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27615 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27616 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27617 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27618 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27619 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27620 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27622 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27623 mismatched $'s or braces.
27626 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27630 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27632 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27633 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27634 tex-dvi-print-command
27635 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27636 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27637 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27638 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27639 tex-dvi-view-command
27640 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27641 tex-show-queue-command
27642 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27643 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27645 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27646 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27647 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27651 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27652 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27653 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27654 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27655 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27657 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27658 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27659 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27660 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27661 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27662 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27663 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27665 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27666 mismatched $'s or braces.
27673 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27675 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27676 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27677 tex-dvi-print-command
27678 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27679 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27680 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27681 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27682 tex-dvi-view-command
27683 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27684 tex-show-queue-command
27685 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27686 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27688 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27689 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27690 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27694 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27695 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27696 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27697 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27698 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27700 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27701 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27702 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27703 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27704 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27705 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27706 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27708 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27709 mismatched $'s or braces.
27712 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27716 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27718 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27719 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27720 tex-dvi-print-command
27721 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27722 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27723 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27724 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27725 tex-dvi-view-command
27726 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27727 tex-show-queue-command
27728 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27729 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27731 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27732 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27733 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27734 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27738 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27743 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27744 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27750 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27751 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18787 48936))
27752 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27754 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27755 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27756 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27757 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27759 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27760 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27761 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27763 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27765 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27766 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27767 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27768 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27769 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27771 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27773 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27774 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27775 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27776 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27778 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27779 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27780 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27781 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27783 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27784 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27786 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27790 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27791 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18787 48936))
27792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27794 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27795 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27797 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27799 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27800 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27802 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27804 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27805 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27807 It has these extra commands:
27808 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27810 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27811 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27812 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27813 modified version of TeX input format.
27815 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27816 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27817 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27818 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27820 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27821 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27822 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27823 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27824 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27825 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27826 in the Texinfo file.
27828 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27829 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27830 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27831 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27832 move forward past the closing brace.
27834 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27835 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27837 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27838 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27839 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27841 Here are the functions:
27843 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27844 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27845 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27847 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27848 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27849 texinfo-master-menu
27851 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27853 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27854 which menu descriptions are indented.
27856 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27857 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27860 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27861 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27862 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27863 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27865 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27866 be the first node in the file.
27868 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27869 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27875 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27876 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27877 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
27878 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27880 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27881 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27882 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27883 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27885 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27887 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27888 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27890 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27892 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27893 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27897 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27900 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27904 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27905 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27906 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18787 48918))
27907 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27909 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27910 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27912 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27914 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27915 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27916 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27917 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27918 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27920 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27921 a symbol as a valid THING.
27923 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27924 of the textual entity that was found.
27926 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27928 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27929 Return the THING at point.
27930 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27931 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27932 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27934 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27935 a symbol as a valid THING.
27937 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27939 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27940 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27944 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27945 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27949 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27950 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27954 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27955 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27961 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27962 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27963 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
27964 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27966 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27967 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27971 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27972 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27973 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27974 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27976 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27978 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27979 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27983 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27984 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27988 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27990 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27991 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27997 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27998 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27999 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28000 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28001 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18787
28003 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28005 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28006 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28007 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28011 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28012 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28014 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28016 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28017 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28018 The returned string has no composition information.
28020 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28022 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28023 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28025 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28027 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28028 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28030 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28032 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28033 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28034 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28035 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28037 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28039 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28040 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28041 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28042 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28044 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28046 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28047 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28048 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28052 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28053 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28054 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28058 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28061 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28063 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28066 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28068 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28071 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28075 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28076 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
28077 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28079 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28080 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28081 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28082 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28084 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28086 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28088 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28089 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28090 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28091 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28093 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28099 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28100 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28101 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18787 48918))
28102 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28104 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28105 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28107 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28109 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28110 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28111 This display updates automatically every minute.
28112 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28113 are displayed as well.
28114 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28118 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28119 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28120 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28121 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28122 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28123 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28125 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28127 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28128 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28129 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28131 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28132 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28133 are displayed as well.
28134 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28138 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28139 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28140 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28141 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28145 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28146 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28147 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28148 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28150 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28152 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28153 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28159 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28160 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28161 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28162 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28163 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18791 16516))
28164 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28166 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28167 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28169 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28171 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28172 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28173 You can use `float-time' instead.
28175 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28177 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28178 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28180 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28182 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28183 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28185 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28187 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28188 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28190 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28192 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28193 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28194 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28196 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28198 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28200 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28201 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28202 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28204 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28206 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28207 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28209 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28211 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28212 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28213 DATE should be a date-time string.
28215 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28217 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28218 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28219 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28221 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28223 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28224 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28226 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28228 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28229 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28231 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28233 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28234 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28235 TIME should be a time value.
28236 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28238 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28240 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28241 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28242 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28244 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28246 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28247 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28248 The valid format specifiers are:
28249 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28250 %d is the number of days.
28251 %h is the number of hours.
28252 %m is the number of minutes.
28253 %s is the number of seconds.
28254 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28255 %% is a literal \"%\".
28257 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28258 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28260 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28261 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28262 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28264 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28265 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28266 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28268 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28270 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28274 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28275 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18787 48918))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28277 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28278 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28279 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28280 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28281 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28282 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28283 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28284 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28286 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28287 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28288 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28289 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28290 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28291 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28292 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28293 look like one of the following:
28296 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28297 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28298 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28299 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28300 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28301 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28302 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28307 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28308 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28309 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28315 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28316 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28317 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28318 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28319 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
28320 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28322 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28323 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28324 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28325 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28326 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28327 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28328 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28329 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28330 display (non-nil means on).
28332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28334 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28335 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28336 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28337 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28338 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28339 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28340 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28341 this function is called within a day.
28343 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28344 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28345 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28346 discover the name of the project.
28348 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28350 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28351 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28352 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28353 begun during the last time segment.
28355 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28356 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28357 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28358 discover the reason.
28360 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28362 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28363 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28364 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28365 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28366 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28368 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28370 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28371 Change to working on a different project.
28372 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28373 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28374 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28377 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28379 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28380 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28381 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28385 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28386 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28387 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28391 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28392 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28393 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28394 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28395 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28396 \"relative to today\".
28398 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28400 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28401 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28402 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28403 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28405 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28407 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28408 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28409 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28410 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28411 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28412 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28414 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28418 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28419 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18787 48928))
28420 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28422 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28423 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28424 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28425 the generated Quail package is saved.
28427 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28429 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28430 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28431 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28432 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28433 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28434 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28435 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28437 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28441 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28442 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18791 16513))
28443 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28444 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28445 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28447 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28448 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28449 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28450 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28451 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28453 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28455 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28456 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28457 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28458 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28459 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28461 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28463 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28464 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28465 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28466 in the menu in two ways:
28467 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28468 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28469 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28471 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28472 keymap or an alist of alists.
28473 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28474 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28476 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28480 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28481 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28482 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18817 51432))
28483 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28485 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28486 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28488 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28490 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28491 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28493 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28495 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28496 Insert new TODO list entry.
28497 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28502 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28503 List top priorities for each category.
28505 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28506 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28508 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28509 between each category.
28511 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28513 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28514 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28515 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28516 between each category.
28518 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28520 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28522 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28523 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28529 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28530 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28534 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28541 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28542 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28543 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18792 39484))
28544 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28546 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28547 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28548 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28552 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28554 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28555 Add an item to the tool bar.
28556 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28557 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28558 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28559 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28561 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28562 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28563 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28564 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28566 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28567 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28569 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28571 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28572 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28573 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28574 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28575 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28576 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28578 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28579 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28580 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28581 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28583 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28585 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28586 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28587 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28588 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28589 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28590 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28591 properties to add to the binding.
28593 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28595 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28596 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28598 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28600 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28601 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28602 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28603 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28604 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28605 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28606 properties to add to the binding.
28608 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28611 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28615 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28616 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28619 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28620 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28621 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28624 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28626 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28628 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28633 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28635 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28636 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28642 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28643 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28646 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28647 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28649 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28650 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28651 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28652 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28653 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28655 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28656 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28657 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28658 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28659 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28661 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28666 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28667 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28668 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28669 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28670 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28671 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28677 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18787 48923))
28678 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28680 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28681 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28682 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28683 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28684 to a tcp server on another machine.
28686 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28690 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28691 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18787 48923))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28694 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28695 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28697 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28699 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28700 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28701 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28702 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28703 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28704 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28705 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28706 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28708 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28710 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28711 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28712 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28713 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28714 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28715 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28716 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28717 the window or buffer configuration.
28719 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28721 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28725 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28726 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28727 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28728 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18821 42520))
28729 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28731 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28732 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28733 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28735 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28737 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28738 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28740 It can have the following values:
28742 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28743 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28744 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28746 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28748 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28749 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28750 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28751 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28753 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28754 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28755 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28756 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28758 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28759 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28760 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28762 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28763 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28764 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28765 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28766 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28767 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28768 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28769 files which are not really Tramp files.
28771 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28772 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28773 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28774 updated after changing this variable.
28776 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28778 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28779 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28780 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28781 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28783 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28784 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28785 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28786 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28788 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28789 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28790 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28791 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28793 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28794 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28795 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28797 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28798 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28799 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28801 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28802 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28803 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28804 updated after changing this variable.
28806 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28808 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28809 Alist of completion handler functions.
28810 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28811 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28812 normal Emacs functions.")
28814 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28815 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28816 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28817 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28819 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28820 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28821 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28822 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28824 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28825 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28826 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28828 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28830 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28831 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28832 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28834 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28835 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28836 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28838 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28839 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28842 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28844 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28849 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28850 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28852 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28854 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28855 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28857 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28859 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28860 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28866 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28867 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28870 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28877 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18787
28879 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28881 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28882 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28883 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28884 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28885 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28886 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28887 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28888 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28890 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28891 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28892 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28894 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28895 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28898 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28902 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28903 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
28904 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28906 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28909 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28913 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28914 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18791 16534))
28915 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28916 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28917 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28918 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28920 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28921 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28922 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28923 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28924 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28925 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28926 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28928 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28930 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28931 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28932 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28933 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28935 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28939 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28940 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28941 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28942 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28943 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28944 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28945 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28947 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28948 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28950 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28953 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28955 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28961 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28962 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28963 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28964 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28965 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
28966 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28968 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28969 Toggle typing break mode.
28970 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28972 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28974 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28976 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28977 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28979 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28981 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28982 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28984 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28985 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28986 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28988 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28989 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28991 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28993 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28994 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28996 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28997 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28998 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28999 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29001 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29003 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29004 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29005 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29007 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29008 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29009 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29010 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29011 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29012 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29014 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29015 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29016 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29017 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29019 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29020 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29022 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29023 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29025 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29027 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29028 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29029 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29031 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29032 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29033 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29034 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29035 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29036 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29037 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29039 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29040 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29042 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29043 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29044 reset the keystroke counter.
29046 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29047 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29048 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29049 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29051 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29052 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29053 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29054 `type-break-schedule' command.
29056 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29057 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29058 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29059 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29060 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29061 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29062 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29063 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29064 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29066 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29067 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29068 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29069 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29070 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29072 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29073 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29074 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29075 approximate good values for this.
29077 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29078 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29080 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29081 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29082 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29083 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29084 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29085 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29087 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29088 a typing break occur. They include:
29090 `type-break-query-mode'
29091 `type-break-query-function'
29092 `type-break-query-interval'
29094 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29096 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29097 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29098 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29101 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29103 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29104 Take a typing break.
29106 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29107 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29109 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29110 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29114 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29115 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29116 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29117 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29121 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29122 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29124 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29125 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29126 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29127 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29128 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29129 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29130 average typing speed.)
29132 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29133 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29134 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29135 the computed maximum threshold.
29137 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29138 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29139 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29140 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29141 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29143 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29147 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (18820 21794))
29148 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29150 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29151 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29152 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29153 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29154 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29156 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29160 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29161 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18787 48936))
29162 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29164 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29165 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29166 Works by overstriking underscores.
29167 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29168 which specify the range to operate on.
29170 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29172 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29173 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29174 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29175 which specify the range to operate on.
29177 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29181 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29182 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18787 48930))
29183 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29185 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29186 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29187 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29191 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29192 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29193 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29194 following the containing message.
29200 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29201 ;;;;;; (18820 28606))
29202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29204 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29205 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29206 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29207 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29208 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29209 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29213 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29214 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29216 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29220 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18787
29222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29224 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29225 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29226 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29227 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29229 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29233 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29234 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18787 48937))
29235 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29237 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29238 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29239 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29241 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29242 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29243 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29244 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29245 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29246 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29248 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29249 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29250 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29252 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29253 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29254 the callback is not called).
29256 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29257 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29258 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29261 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29263 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29264 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29265 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29266 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29267 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29269 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29273 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29274 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18787 48936))
29275 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29277 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29278 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29279 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29281 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29282 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29283 `url-generic-parse-url'
29284 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29285 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29286 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29288 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29289 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29290 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29291 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29292 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29293 what type of auth to use
29294 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29295 if one cannot be found in the cache
29297 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29299 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29300 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29302 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29303 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29304 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29305 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29306 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29307 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29308 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29309 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29311 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29315 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29316 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18787
29318 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29320 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29321 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29323 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29325 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29326 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29328 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29330 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29331 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29333 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29335 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29336 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29338 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29342 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18791 16534))
29343 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29345 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29348 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29352 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29353 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18787 48936))
29354 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29356 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29359 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29361 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29364 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29368 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18787
29370 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29372 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29373 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29375 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29379 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29380 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18787 48936))
29381 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29383 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29384 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29388 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29389 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29390 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29391 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29392 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29394 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29398 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29399 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29400 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29401 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29403 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29404 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29405 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29406 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29407 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29408 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29410 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29412 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29413 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29417 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29418 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29419 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29420 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29422 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29424 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29425 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29426 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29427 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29428 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29429 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29430 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29431 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29432 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29434 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29436 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29437 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29438 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29441 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29443 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29446 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29450 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29451 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18787 48936))
29452 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29454 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29455 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29456 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29457 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29458 CBARGS as the arguments.
29460 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29462 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29465 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29467 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29469 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29472 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29474 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29475 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29476 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29478 Property list members:
29481 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29485 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29489 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29492 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29495 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29496 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29497 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29500 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29502 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29503 Default HTTPS port.")
29505 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29506 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29507 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29509 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29510 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29511 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29512 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29513 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29517 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18787 48936))
29518 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29520 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29523 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29527 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18787
29529 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29531 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29532 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29533 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29534 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29535 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29537 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29541 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29542 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29543 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29545 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29548 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29550 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29551 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29553 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29557 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29558 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18787 48937))
29559 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29561 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29562 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29564 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29566 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29567 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29569 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29571 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29574 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29576 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29578 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29580 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29582 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29583 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29585 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29589 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29590 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29591 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29593 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29598 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29601 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29605 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29606 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29607 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29608 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29610 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29613 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29615 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29618 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29620 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29623 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29625 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29628 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29630 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29633 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29635 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29638 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29640 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29643 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29647 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29648 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18787 48937))
29649 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29651 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29652 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29654 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29656 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29657 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29658 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29659 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29661 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29665 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29666 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29667 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29669 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29670 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29677 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29678 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29679 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29680 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29681 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29682 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18796 39799))
29683 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29685 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29686 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29687 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29689 If t, all messages will be logged.
29690 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29691 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29693 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29695 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29698 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29700 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29703 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29705 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29706 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29707 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29708 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29709 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29715 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29717 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29718 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29719 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29721 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29723 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29724 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29725 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29727 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29729 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29730 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29732 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29734 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29735 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29739 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29740 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29744 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29749 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29752 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29754 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29757 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29759 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29761 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29762 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29764 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29766 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29767 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29769 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29771 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29774 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29776 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29777 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29778 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29779 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29780 forbidden in URL encoding.
29782 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29784 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29785 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29786 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29787 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29788 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29789 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29791 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29793 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29794 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29795 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29796 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29798 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29800 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29801 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29802 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29804 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29806 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29807 View the current document's URL.
29808 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29811 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29813 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29817 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29818 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18787 48918))
29819 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29821 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29822 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29823 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29824 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29825 to refrain from editing the file
29826 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29827 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29828 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29829 in any way you like.
29831 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29833 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29834 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29835 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29836 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29837 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29839 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29840 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29846 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29847 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29848 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18787 48928))
29849 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29851 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29854 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29856 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29859 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29861 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29864 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29866 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29869 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29873 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29874 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29875 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
29876 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29878 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29879 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29880 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29881 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29883 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29885 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29886 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29887 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29889 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29891 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29892 Uudecode region between START and END.
29893 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29895 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29899 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29900 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29901 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag
29902 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window vc-diff
29903 ;;;;;; vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29904 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18787 48919))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29907 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29908 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29911 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29913 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29914 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29915 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29917 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29919 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29920 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29923 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29925 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29926 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29927 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29929 For locking systems:
29930 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29932 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29933 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29934 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29935 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29936 it performs a revert on that file.
29937 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29938 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29939 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29940 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29941 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29942 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29943 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29945 For merging systems:
29946 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29947 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29948 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29949 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29950 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29951 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29952 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29953 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29954 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29956 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29958 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29959 Register into a version control system.
29960 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29961 Otherwise register the current file.
29962 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29963 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29965 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29966 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29967 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29968 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29969 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29970 first backend that could register the file is used.
29972 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29974 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29975 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29977 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29979 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29980 Display diffs between file revisions.
29981 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29982 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29983 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29985 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29988 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29990 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29991 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29992 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29993 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29997 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29998 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29999 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30000 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30004 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30005 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30006 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30007 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30008 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30009 from the current branch.
30011 See Info node `Merging'.
30015 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30017 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30018 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30019 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30020 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30021 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30022 checked out in that new branch.
30024 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30026 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30027 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30028 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30029 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30030 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30031 allowed and simply skipped).
30033 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30035 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30036 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30037 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30039 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30041 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30042 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30043 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30044 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30048 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30049 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30050 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30051 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30055 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30057 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30058 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30059 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30060 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30061 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30062 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30066 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30067 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30068 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30069 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30070 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30071 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30072 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30074 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30076 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30077 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30078 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30079 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30080 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30081 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30082 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30083 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30084 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30086 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30088 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30089 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30091 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30093 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30094 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30095 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30098 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30100 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30101 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30102 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30104 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30105 log entries should be gathered.
30107 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30109 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30110 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30112 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30114 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30115 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30117 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30121 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18787
30123 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30125 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30126 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30128 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30129 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30130 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30131 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30132 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30133 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30135 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30136 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30137 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30138 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30139 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30140 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30141 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30142 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30144 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30146 Customization variables:
30148 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30149 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30150 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30151 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30153 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18787 48918))
30158 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30159 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30160 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30163 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18794 5653))
30168 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30170 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30171 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30173 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30174 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30175 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30178 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18787 48919))
30183 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30184 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30185 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30186 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30188 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30192 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18821 3055))
30193 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30195 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30196 Show the VC status for DIR.
30197 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30198 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30200 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30204 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30205 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30206 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30208 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30209 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30210 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30211 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30212 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30213 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30214 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30215 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30216 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30217 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30218 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30219 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30220 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30222 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18787 48919))
30227 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30228 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30229 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30230 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30233 (vc-git-registered file))))
30237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18799 16231))
30238 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30239 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30240 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30241 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30244 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18787 48919))
30249 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30251 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30253 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30254 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30255 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30258 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30262 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30263 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30264 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30266 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30267 Where to look for RCS master files.
30268 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30270 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30272 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30276 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30277 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30278 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30280 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30281 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30282 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30284 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30285 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30287 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30288 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30289 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30290 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18820 31197))
30295 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30296 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30297 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30298 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30301 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30302 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30303 (file-name-directory f)))
30305 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30309 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30310 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
30311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30312 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30314 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30315 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30320 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30321 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30322 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30323 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30325 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30326 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30327 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30330 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30331 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30333 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30334 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30336 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30337 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30338 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30340 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30346 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30347 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30349 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30351 Official distribution is at
30352 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30355 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30356 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30367 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30368 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
30369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30371 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30372 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30373 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30374 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30375 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30377 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30379 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30380 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30382 Supports highlighting.
30384 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30385 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30387 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30389 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30390 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30391 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30392 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30393 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30394 on the left side of your screen.
30395 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30396 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30397 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30398 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30399 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30400 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30402 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30403 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30404 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30405 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30408 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30409 Indentation for case statements.
30410 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30411 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30413 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30414 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30415 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30416 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30417 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30418 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30419 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30420 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30421 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30423 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30427 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30428 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30429 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30430 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30431 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30432 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30433 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30434 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30435 comments in tight quarters.
30436 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30437 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30439 Variables controlling other actions:
30441 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30442 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30443 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30445 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30447 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30449 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30450 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30451 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30453 Some other functions are:
30455 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30456 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30457 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30458 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30459 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30461 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30462 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30463 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30464 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30466 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30467 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30468 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30469 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30470 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30471 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30472 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30473 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30474 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30475 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30476 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30477 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30478 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30479 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30480 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30481 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30482 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30483 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30484 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30485 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30486 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30487 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30488 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30489 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30490 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30491 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30492 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30493 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30495 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30496 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30498 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30504 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30505 ;;;;;; (18791 16533))
30506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30508 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30509 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30514 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30515 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30516 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30517 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30518 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30519 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30520 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30521 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30522 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30524 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30525 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30526 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30527 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30529 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30530 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30531 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30532 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30533 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30535 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30536 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30540 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30541 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30542 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30546 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30547 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30548 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30549 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30551 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30552 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30553 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30554 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30555 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30559 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30560 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30561 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30562 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30564 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30565 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30566 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30567 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30568 beginning with \"std\").
30570 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30571 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30572 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30577 `--' puts a single comment.
30578 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30579 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30580 with a comment in between.
30581 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30582 out following lines.
30583 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30584 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30586 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30587 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30588 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30589 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30590 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30593 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30594 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30595 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30596 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30597 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30598 multi-line comments.
30602 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30603 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30604 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30605 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30607 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30608 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30609 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30610 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30612 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30613 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30616 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30617 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30621 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30622 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30623 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30624 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30625 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30626 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30627 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30628 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30630 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30631 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30632 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30633 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30634 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30637 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30638 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30639 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30641 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30642 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30646 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30647 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30648 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30649 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30650 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30651 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30654 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30655 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30656 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30657 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30660 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30664 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30665 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30666 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30667 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30668 internal signal initializations (menu).
30670 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30671 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30672 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30674 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30675 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30676 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30677 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30678 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30679 in subsequent paste operations.)
30681 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30682 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30683 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30686 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30687 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30688 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30689 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30690 association list with formals).
30693 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30694 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30695 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30696 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30697 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30698 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30699 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30700 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30705 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30709 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30713 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30714 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30715 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30717 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30718 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30721 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30722 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30723 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30724 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30726 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30727 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30728 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30730 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30731 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30732 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30733 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30735 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30736 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30737 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30738 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30739 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30741 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30742 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30743 required by secondary units.
30746 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30747 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30748 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30749 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30750 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30751 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30752 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30753 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30754 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30755 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30756 inputs to this component -> input port created
30757 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30758 outputs from this component -> output port created
30759 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30760 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30762 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30763 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30764 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30765 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30766 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30768 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30769 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30771 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30772 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30773 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30774 component instantiation is also supported (option
30775 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30777 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30778 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30779 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30780 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30781 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30782 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30783 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30784 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30785 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30786 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30787 | generating the configuration.
30789 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30790 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30791 | configurations in speedbar.
30793 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30796 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30797 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30798 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30799 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30800 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30801 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30802 information. New compilers can be added.
30804 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30805 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30808 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30809 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30810 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30811 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30812 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30814 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30817 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30818 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30819 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30821 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30822 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30823 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30824 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30825 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30826 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30827 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30830 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30831 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30832 not (yet) supported.
30833 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30834 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30835 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30839 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30840 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30841 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30842 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30843 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30844 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30845 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30846 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30848 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30849 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30850 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30851 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30852 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30853 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30854 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30855 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30856 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30857 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30858 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30862 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30863 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30864 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30865 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30866 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30867 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30868 current directory for VHDL source files.
30872 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30873 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30877 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30878 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30879 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30880 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30881 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30882 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30883 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30884 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30887 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30888 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30889 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30890 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30891 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30892 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30893 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30895 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30896 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30897 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30898 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30899 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30900 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30902 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30903 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30904 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30905 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30906 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30909 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30910 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30911 highlighted if written in lower case.
30913 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30914 highlighted using a different background color if option
30915 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30917 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30918 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30919 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30920 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30921 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30925 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30926 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30927 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30931 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30932 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30933 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30934 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30935 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30939 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30940 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30942 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30943 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30944 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30945 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30946 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30947 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30948 (used to obtain the port names).
30952 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30953 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30957 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30958 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30959 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30960 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30961 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30962 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30963 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30968 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30969 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30970 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30971 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30972 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30974 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30975 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30976 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30977 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30978 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30981 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30982 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30986 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30987 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30988 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30990 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30994 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30995 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30997 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30999 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31001 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31005 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31011 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31012 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31014 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31016 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31017 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31018 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31019 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31021 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31022 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31023 where the latest version can be found.
31029 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31030 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31031 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31034 The VHDL Mode Authors
31035 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31046 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18791 16518))
31047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31049 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31050 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31051 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31052 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31054 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31055 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31056 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31057 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31058 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31060 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31061 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31063 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31065 * Limitations and unsupported features
31066 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31068 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31069 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31072 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31073 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31074 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31075 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31076 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31077 for undoing a repeated change command.
31078 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31079 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31080 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31083 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31084 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31085 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31086 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31087 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31088 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31089 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31090 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31092 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31098 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31099 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31100 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31101 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18787 48929))
31102 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31104 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31105 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31107 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31109 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31110 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31111 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31112 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31114 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31116 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31117 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31121 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31122 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31123 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31124 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31126 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31128 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31129 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31133 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31136 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31138 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31141 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31145 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31146 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31147 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31148 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31149 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18787 48919))
31150 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31152 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31153 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31154 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31156 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31158 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31159 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31160 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31161 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31163 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31165 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31166 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31168 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31170 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31171 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31172 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31173 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31174 moving around in the buffer.
31175 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31176 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31178 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31182 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31183 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31184 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31185 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31187 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31188 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31189 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31190 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31191 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31193 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31197 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31198 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31199 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31200 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31203 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31204 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31205 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31206 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31207 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31209 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31213 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31214 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31215 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31216 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31217 moving around in the buffer.
31218 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31219 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31221 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31223 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31224 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31225 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31227 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31228 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31229 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31230 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31232 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31234 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31235 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31236 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31237 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31238 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31239 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31240 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31241 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31243 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31245 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31246 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31247 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31249 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31251 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31252 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31253 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31254 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31255 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31256 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31257 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31258 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31260 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31262 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31263 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31264 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31266 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31268 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31269 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31270 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31273 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31274 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31275 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31278 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31279 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31280 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31281 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31282 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31284 H, h, ? This message.
31285 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31286 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31287 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31288 > move to the end of buffer.
31289 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31290 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31291 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31292 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31293 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31294 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31295 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31296 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31297 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31298 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31299 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31300 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31301 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31302 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31303 Use this to view a changing file.
31304 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31305 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31306 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31308 x exchanges point and mark.
31309 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31310 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31311 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31312 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31313 ' go to position saved in character register.
31314 s do forward incremental search.
31315 r do reverse incremental search.
31316 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31317 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31318 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31319 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31320 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31321 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31322 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31323 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31324 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31325 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31326 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31327 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31328 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31329 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31330 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31331 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31332 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31334 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31335 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31336 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31337 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31338 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31339 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31340 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31341 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31342 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31344 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31348 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31349 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31350 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31351 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31352 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31353 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31354 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31355 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31356 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31358 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31360 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31361 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31362 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31363 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31364 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31365 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31366 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31368 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31369 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31370 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31371 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31372 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31374 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31375 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31377 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31378 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31379 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31380 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31382 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31384 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31386 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31388 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31389 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31395 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18791
31397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31399 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31400 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31404 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31405 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31411 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31412 ;;;;;; (18791 16518))
31413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31415 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31416 Toggle Viper on/off.
31417 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31421 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31422 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31428 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31429 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
31430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31432 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31433 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31434 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31435 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31436 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31437 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31438 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31439 the beginning of the warning.")
31441 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31442 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31443 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31444 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31445 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31446 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31447 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31448 also call that function before the next warning.")
31450 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31451 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31453 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31454 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31455 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31456 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31458 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31459 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31460 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31461 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31462 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31463 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31465 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31466 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31467 Default is :warning.
31469 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31470 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31471 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31472 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31473 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31474 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31476 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31477 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31478 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31480 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31482 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31483 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31485 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31487 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31488 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31489 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31490 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31492 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31493 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31494 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31495 can be whatever you like.)
31497 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31498 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31500 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31501 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31502 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31503 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31504 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31506 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31508 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31509 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31510 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31511 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31512 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31514 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31518 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31519 ;;;;;; (18791 16514))
31520 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31522 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31523 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31524 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31525 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31526 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31535 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18787 48931))
31536 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31538 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31539 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31541 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31544 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31551 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31552 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
31553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31554 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31555 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31557 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31559 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31560 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31561 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31563 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31564 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31566 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31568 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31569 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31570 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31571 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31573 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31580 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31581 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31582 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31583 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18787 48919))
31584 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31586 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31587 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31589 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31590 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31591 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31592 Only useful with a windowing system.
31594 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31595 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31599 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31600 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31602 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31603 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31604 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31605 Only useful with a windowing system.
31607 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31608 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31609 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31610 use `whitespace-mode'.
31612 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31616 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31617 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31618 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31620 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31621 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31623 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31625 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31626 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31628 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31629 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31630 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31631 Only useful with a windowing system.
31633 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31634 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31638 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31639 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31640 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31643 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31645 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31647 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31648 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31650 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31651 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31652 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31653 Only useful with a windowing system.
31655 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31656 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31657 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31658 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31660 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31664 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31665 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31667 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31668 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31670 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31671 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31673 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31677 t toggle TAB visualization
31678 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31679 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31680 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31681 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31682 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31683 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31684 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31685 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31686 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31687 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31688 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31689 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31690 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31691 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31692 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31694 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31695 T toggle TAB visualization
31696 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31697 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31699 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31700 ? display brief help
31702 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31703 The valid symbols are:
31705 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31706 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31707 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31708 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31709 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31710 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31711 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31712 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31713 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31714 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31715 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31716 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31717 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31718 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31719 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31720 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31722 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31723 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31724 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31726 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31728 Only useful with a windowing system.
31730 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31734 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31735 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31737 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31738 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31740 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31741 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31743 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31747 t toggle TAB visualization
31748 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31749 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31750 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31751 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31752 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31753 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31754 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31755 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31756 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31757 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31758 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31759 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31760 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31761 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31762 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31764 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31765 T toggle TAB visualization
31766 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31767 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31769 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31770 ? display brief help
31772 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31773 The valid symbols are:
31775 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31776 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31777 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31778 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31779 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31780 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31781 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31782 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31783 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31784 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31785 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31786 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31787 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31788 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31789 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31790 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31792 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31793 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31794 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31796 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31798 Only useful with a windowing system.
31800 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31804 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31805 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31807 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31808 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31809 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31810 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31811 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31813 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31815 The problems cleaned up are:
31817 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31818 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31819 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31820 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31822 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31823 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31824 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31825 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31827 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31828 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31829 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31830 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31832 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31833 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31834 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31835 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31836 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31837 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31838 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31839 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31841 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31842 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31843 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31845 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31846 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31847 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31848 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31849 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31850 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31851 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31852 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31854 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31859 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31860 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31862 The problems cleaned up are:
31864 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31865 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31866 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31867 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31869 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31870 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31871 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31872 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31874 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31875 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31876 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31877 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31878 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31879 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31880 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31881 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31883 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31884 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31885 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31887 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31888 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31889 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31890 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31891 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31892 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31893 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31894 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31896 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31899 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31901 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31902 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31904 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31907 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31908 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31909 `whitespace-style' to have:
31917 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31918 whitespace problems in buffer.
31920 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31922 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31923 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31924 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31925 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31926 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31927 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31928 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31930 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31931 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31932 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31933 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31934 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31935 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31936 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31938 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31939 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31940 cleaning up these problems.
31942 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31944 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31945 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31947 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31950 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31951 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31952 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31960 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31961 whitespace problems in buffer.
31963 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31965 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31966 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31967 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31968 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31969 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31970 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31971 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31973 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31974 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31975 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31976 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31977 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31978 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31979 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31981 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31982 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31983 cleaning up these problems.
31985 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31989 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31990 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18787 48919))
31991 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31993 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31994 Browse the widget under point.
31998 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31999 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32001 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32003 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32004 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32006 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32008 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32009 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32010 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32016 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32017 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18787
32019 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32021 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32022 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32024 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32026 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32027 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32028 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32030 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32032 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32033 Create widget of TYPE.
32034 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32036 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32038 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32041 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32043 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32044 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32046 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32048 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32049 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32050 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32052 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32053 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32059 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32060 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18787
32062 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32064 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32065 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32066 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32067 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32068 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32069 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32070 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32074 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32075 Select the window above the current one.
32076 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32077 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32078 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32079 negative ARG) of the current window.
32080 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32084 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32085 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32086 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32087 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32088 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32089 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32090 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32094 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32095 Select the window below the current one.
32096 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32097 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32098 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32099 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32100 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32104 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32105 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32106 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32107 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32109 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32113 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32114 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32115 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32117 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32118 Toggle Winner mode.
32119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32120 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32122 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32124 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32125 Toggle Winner mode.
32126 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32132 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32133 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18787 48919))
32134 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32136 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32137 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32138 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32139 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32140 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32142 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32144 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32145 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32146 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32147 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32148 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32149 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32150 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32151 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32153 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32154 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32156 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32158 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32159 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32163 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32164 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32165 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32166 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32167 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32168 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32169 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32170 `woman' command for further details.
32172 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32176 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32177 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
32178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32180 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32181 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32184 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32185 are not implemented
32186 - Options for search and replace
32187 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32188 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32190 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32193 The key bindings are:
32203 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32205 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32206 C-l ws-repeat-search
32209 C-r scroll-down-line
32216 C-y kill-complete-line
32219 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32220 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32221 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32222 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32223 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32224 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32225 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32226 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32227 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32228 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32229 C-k b ws-begin-block
32230 C-k c ws-copy-block
32231 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32233 C-k h ws-show-markers
32234 C-k i ws-indent-block
32236 C-k p ws-print-block
32239 C-k s save-some-buffers
32241 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32242 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32243 C-k v ws-move-block
32244 C-k w ws-write-block
32246 C-k y ws-delete-block
32248 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32249 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32250 C-o j justify-current-line
32253 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32254 C-o r set-fill-column
32255 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32256 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32257 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32258 C-o wo other-window
32259 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32261 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32262 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32263 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32264 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32265 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32266 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32267 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32268 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32269 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32270 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32271 C-q a ws-query-replace
32272 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32273 C-q c end-of-buffer
32276 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32278 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32279 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32280 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32281 C-q w ws-last-error
32283 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32289 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (18787 48931))
32290 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32292 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32293 Perform an interactive search.
32294 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32295 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32296 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32297 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32299 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32302 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32304 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32308 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32309 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32310 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32312 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32313 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32314 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32315 Returns the top node with all its children.
32316 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32317 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32319 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32321 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32322 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32323 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32324 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32325 is not well-formed XML.
32326 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32327 and returned as the first element of the list.
32328 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32330 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32334 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32335 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18787 48932))
32336 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32338 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32339 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32340 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32341 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32342 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32343 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32344 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32345 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32346 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32347 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32349 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32353 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18787
32355 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32357 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32358 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32359 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32360 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32361 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32362 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32364 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32366 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32367 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32368 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32371 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32372 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32373 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32374 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32375 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32376 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32382 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32383 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18787 48928))
32384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32386 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32387 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32389 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32391 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32392 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32398 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32399 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18787 48933))
32400 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32402 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32403 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32405 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32407 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32408 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32410 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32412 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32413 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32414 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32416 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32418 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32419 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32425 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18787 48933))
32426 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32428 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32429 Zone out, completely.
32435 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-install.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el")
32586 ;;;;;; (18822 6526 984910))
32590 (provide 'loaddefs)
32591 ;; Local Variables:
32592 ;; version-control: never
32593 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32594 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32597 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here